Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
SITRANS P
measuring instruments
for pressure
Siemens FI 01 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
2 Application Description Page Software for
Parameterization
SITRANS P – measuring instruments for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pressure, flow and level
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P, Z series 2/4 –
suring gage and absolute pres- Compact single-range transmitters
sure
Analog electronics, available ex stock
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P, DS III series 2/58 SIMATIC PDM
suring: SITRANS P, DS III PA series SIMATIC PDM
• Gage pressure, SITRANS P, DS III FF series
• Absolute pressure Range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Differential pressure and Parameterization using:
• Flow or • 3 keys and HART for DS III series
• Level • 3 keys and PROFIBUS-PA for DS III PA series
• 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for DS III FF
series
• Available ex stock
Supplementary electronics for Output: 0 or 4 to 20 mA 2/126 –
adaptation of two-wire transmit- Power supply: 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC
ters for four-wire connections
2
Application Description Page Software for
Parameterization
2-wire transmitter for measuing SITRANS P, MPS series (submersible sensor) 2/137 –
hydrostatic levels For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
Remote seals for measuring Remote seals in sandwich and flange designs 2/140 –
viscous, corrosive or fibrous Quick-release remote seals for the food industry
media (as well as media at
extreme temperatures) Wide range of diaphragm materials and filling liq-
uids available
Shutting off the lines for the Shut-off fittings and valve manifolds available in 2/180 –
medium and differential pres- steel, brass or stainless steel
sure Valve manifolds available for the various process
Mounting of transmitter on valve connections of the SITRANS P transmitters
manifold or shut-off fitting
■ Overview ■ Design
2 The main components of the pressure transmitter are:
• Brass housing with silicon measuring cell and electronics
plate
• Process connection
• Electrical connection
The silicon measuring cell has a thin-film strain gage which is
mounted on a ceramic diaphragm. The ceramic diaphragm can
also be used for aggressive media.
The process connection to DIN EN 837-1 is made of brass and
has a male thread G½B or a female thread G1/8B.
The electrical connection is made using a plug to DIN 43650
with a M16x1.5 cable inlet.
■ Function
The pressure transmitters of the Z series for gage pressure mea-
sure the pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive gases,
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for gage pressure liquids and vapors.
(7MF1562-...)
The measuring cell is temperature-compensated.
The SITRANS P pressure transmitter, Z series (7MF1562-...),
measures the gage pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive Mode of operation
gases, liquids and vapors.
■ Benefits U
const.
• High measuring accuracy
• Sturdy brass housing U I0, UB
p I
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapor
• Temperature-compensated measuring cell
• Compact design
■ Technical specifications
2
Design
Weight ≈ 0.2 kg (≈ 0.44 lb)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter, Z series for gage pressure
Wetted parts materials
Mode of operation
• Measuring cell Al2O3 - 96%
Measuring principle Thin-film strain gage
• Process connection Brass, mat. No. 2.0402
Input
• Gasket Viton
Measured variable Realtive pressure
Process connection Male thread G½B
Measured range 0 to 16 bar g (0 to 232 psi g) or female thread G1/8B
0 to 25 bar g (0 to 363 psi g)
Power supply
Output
Terminal voltage on pressure trans-
Current output signal 4 ... 20 mA mitter
Measuring accuracy To EN 60770-1 • For current output 10 to 36 V DC
Error in measurement (at 25 °C 0.5% of full-scale value-typical Certificate and approvals
(77 °F), including conformity error,
hysteresis and repeatability) Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and
equipment directive liquids of fluid 1; complies with
Response time T99 < 0.1 s (DRGL 97/23/EC) requirements of article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering prac-
Long-term drift tice)
• Start of scale 0.3% of full-scale value/year - typ-
ical
■ Dimensional drawings
• Measured span 0.3% of full-scale value/year - typ-
ical
Influence of ambient temperature
• Start of scale 0.3%/10 K (0.3%/10 K) of full-
scale value - typical
• Measured span 0.3%/10 K (0.3%/10 K) of full-
GLDP
scale value - typical
ෘ
Rated conditions
Medium conditions
G / 8 B
*%
I0 Output current
1+ + UB Power supply
I0 UB
2- RL Load
Signal RL Connections:
1 (+UB)
2 (-UB)
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gage and absolute pres-
sure as well as the level of liquids and gases.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for pressure and absolute Mode of operation
pressure (7MF1564-...)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1564-...), mea-
sure the gage and absolute pressure as well as the level of liq- U
uids and gases. const.
■ Benefits p
U
I
I0, UB
■ Technical specifications
2
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on pressure trans-
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for gage pressure, abso- mitter
lute pressure and level
• For current output 10 ... 36 V DC
Mode of operation
• For voltage output signal (only 15 ... 36 V DC
• Measuring range <1 bar Piezo-resistive measuring range ≥ 1 bar
(<14.5 psi) (14.5 psi))
• Measuring range ≥1 bar Thin-film strain gage Certificate and approvals
(≥14.5 psi)
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Input equipment directive uids of fluid 1; complies with
Measured variable Gage and absolute pressure (DRGL 97/23/EC) requirements of article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering prac-
Measured range tice)
• Pressure Explosion protection
- Metric 0 ... 400 bar g (0 ... 5802 psi g) • Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current TÜV 02 ATEX 1953X
- US measuring range 0 ... 6000 psi g output)
- Metric 0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi a) • Intrinsic safety "T.I.I.S." (only with applied
current output)
- US measuring range 0 ... 300 psi a
Lloyds Register of Shipping Certificate No. 03/30003
Output
Output signal
• Current output signal 4 ... 20 mA
■ Dimensional drawings
• Voltage output signal (only mea- 0 ... 10 V DC
suring range ≥ 1 bar (14.5 psi))
Accuracy To EN 60770-1 ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ
ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ
Error in measurement (at 25 °C 0.25% of full-scale value – typical
(77 °F), including conformity error,
hysteresis and repeatability)
GLDP
Response time T99 < 0.1 s
*%
Long-term drift
• Start of scale 0.25% of full scale value/year
• Full-scale value 0.25% of full scale value/year
Influence of ambient temperature 6:
• Start of scale 0.25%/10 K (0.25%/10 K) of full- /HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH 0[
scale value RXWSXW9 RU
137
• Full-scale value 0.25%/10 K (0.25%/10 K) of full-
scale value Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection G½" male,
Rated operating conditions dimensions in mm (inch)
Process temperature -30 ... +120 °C
(-22 … +248 °F)
ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 … +185 °F) ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C
(-58 … +212 °F)
GLDP
Design
Weight
Wetted parts materials
• Measuring cell
6:
- Measuring range <1 bar Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti /HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH 0[
(<14.5 psi) RXWSXW9 RU
137
- Measuring range ≥1 bar Al2O3 – 96%
(≥14.5 psi)
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection G¼" male,
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. dimensions in mm (inch)
1.4571/316Ti
• Gasket Viton
Process connection See Selection and Ordering data
GLDP
137
GLDP
6: 6:
0[
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH RU
RXWSXW9
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH 0[
137 RXWSXW9 RU
137
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection 7/16-20 UNF
male, dimensions in mm (inch) Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ½"-14 NPT
male, dimensions in mm (inch)
137
GLDP
6: 0[ 6:
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH
RU 0[
RXWSXW9 /HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH RU
137 RXWSXW9 137
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ¼"-18 NPT
male, dimensions in mm (inch) Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ½"-14 NPT
female, dimensions in mm (inch)
UB
GLDP
2-
Signal RL Connections:
1 (+UB)
2 (-UB)
6:
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH 0[
RXWSXW9 RU
137
■ Overview At the rear of the housing is the electrical connection for the volt-
age supply using a current loop 4 ... 20 mA. The connection is
made with a plug connector. 2
At the front of the housing is the 5-digit display behind a glass
cover. Underneath the display are the 3 keys for parameterizing
the pressure transmitter. Above the display are a green and a red
LED for indicating the operating status.
The ZD pressure transmitter is available in two versions (see "Di-
mension drawing"):
In the radial version (type A) the display is fitted in parallel with
the process connection. The display can be rotated by up to
±120° relative to the process connection.
In the axial version (type B) the display is at right angles to the
process connection. The display can be rotated by 360° relative
to the process connection.
■ Function
Green LED Red LED
U ref LCD
600.00
P µC mbar
A/D
■ Benefits A/D
D/A
EEPROM
Analog-to-digital converter
Digital-to-analog converter
Memory for all parameters
• Robust stainless steel housing with 2 connection versions EMC Output stage with protective components
IA Output current
• Integrated display with status messages Uref Reference voltage
LCD Display of measured values with dimensions
• Thin-film measuring cell with ceramic diaphragm Green LED Display of normal mode
Red LED Display of error messages or limit violation
• 2-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA P Ceramic measuring cell
UH Power supply
• Parameterizable using keys underneath the housing cover µC Microcontroller for computing functions and monitoring
• Range adjustment 1:5 (max. 1:10)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, mode of operation
• Measuring accuracy < 0.25% (typical)
Mode of operation
■ Application The ZD pressure transmitter has a thin-film strain gage which is
The ZD is a configurable pressure transmitter for measuring the mounted on a ceramic diaphragm.
gage and absolute pressure of gases, liquids and vapor. The measuring cell is temperature-compensated.
It is equipped with a display for indicating the pressure value at Functions
the point of installation.
The ZD pressure transmitter has a 5-digit display behind a glass
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, are used in the fol- cover. The following data are shown on the display:
lowing industrial areas for example:
• Measured pressure
• Chemical industry
• Technical pressure dimension (default setting: bar)
• Mechanical engineering
• Limit violation in upward or downward direction, indicated by
• Food industry LED and arrow symbols in the display
• Pharmaceutical industry
The pressure transmitter is set using the 3 input keys behind the
• Shipbuilding glass cover underneath the display.
• Water supply The key "M" is used to select the operating mode. Following
modes of operation are available:
■ Design • Measured value
The pressure transmitter is comprised of a thin-film measuring • Password
cell with a ceramic diaphragm, an electronics board and a digi- • Dimension
tal indicator.
• Start and end of scale
All parts are accommodated in a stainless steel field housing
• Upper and lower limit value
(∅ 80 mm) with a glass cover and stainless steel process con-
nection. • Zero adjustment
■ Dimensional drawings
Ø 82 (3.23)
2
Ø 82 (3.23)
45 (1.77) 48,5 (1.91)
48,5 (1.91)
s
Ø 82 (3.23)
45 (1.77)
M16x1,5
M or
½-NPT M16x1,5
152 (5.98)
or
½-NPT
SW 27
a
G½B
½-14 NPT G½B G1/8B
EN 837-1
Type A Type B
■ Overview ■ Application
2 The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations.
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is available in
many versions. Exact adaptation of the pressure transmitter to
conditions at the place of use is thus possible
■ Design
The electronics is potted to protect it against moisture, corrosive
atmospheres and vibration.
Notes on operating the pressure transmitter
Compensation of internal atmospheric pressure
Compensation of the internal atmospheric pressure of the
SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters is performed as fol-
lows:
• in the plug versions by means of the screwed gland (IP65)
• in the field housings by means of an integral sintered filter
(IP65) or a vented cable (IP67)
• in versions with cable outlet by means of a vented cable (IP67)
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio- In the absolute pressure range there is no need for compensa-
technology industries. tion with respect to atmospheric pressure.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy- Note: These degrees of protection are only achieved under the
giene regulations. following conditions:
• if the pressure transmitter is installed correctly
Particular value has been placed on a high surface quality. It is
therefore possible, for example, to guarantee roughness values • if the screwed glands are securely tightened
down to Ra = 0.4 µm (1.57 ⋅ 10-5 inch) in the wetted area • if the cable diameters agree with the nominal diameters of the
(welded seam area Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15 ⋅ 10-5 inch)). The system gaskets in the housing
can be electropolished in addition.
Note: The integral EMC measures are only effective if the earth
A further important feature is the hygiene-based design of the connection is made correctly.
process connection by means of various aseptic connections.
CE marking
The completely welded stainless steel housing can be designed
up to degree of protection IP67. The CE marking of the pressure transmitter certifies compliance
with the guidelines of the European Council (9/336/EC), the EMC
Using appropriate thermal decouplers, the SITRANS P Compact law (13.11.1992), as well as the applicable generic standards.
pressure transmitter can be used for process temperatures up to
200 °C (392 °F). Interference-free operation in systems and plants is achieved
only if the specifications for shielding, earthing, cable routing
■ Benefits and electrical isolation are observed during installation and as-
sembly.
• Measuring ranges from 0 to 160 mbar (0 to 2.32 psi) to 0 to Hazardous areas
40 bar (0 to 580 psi)
• Linearity error including hysteresis < +0.2% of full-scale value Note: Electrical equipment in hazardous areas must only be in-
stalled and operated by trained personnel.
• Piezo-resistive measurement system, vacuum-proof and over-
load-proof Modifications to units and connections result in cancellation of
the explosion protection and guarantee.
• Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP
recommendations With intrinsically-safe circuits, make sure that equipotential
• Material and surface quality according to hygiene require- bonding exists throughout the complete cabling inside and out-
ments side of the hazardous area. The limits specified in the ATEX ap-
proval must be observed.
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel; completely welded
• Signal output 4 to 20 mA (0 to 20 mA as option)
• Stainless steel housing with degree of protection IP65 (IP67 as
option)
• Process temperature up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Explosion protection II 2G EEx [ib] IIC T6 to ATEX
• Easy and safe to clean
■ Function
2
Rated conditions
Installation conditions
The process pressure acts on a piezo-resistive semiconductor
measuring bridge through a remote seal and a transmission liq- • Mounting position Any, vertical as standard
uid. The pressure transmitter converts the pressure values into a Ambient conditions
load-independent current.
• Ambient temperature -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
A compensation network makes the output signal largely inde- • Storage temperature -10 ... +90 °C (14 ... 194 °F)
pendent of the ambient temperature. As a result of a specially
adapted remote seal connection with minimized volume, the in- • Process temperature Max. 200 °C (392 °F), depends
fluence of the process temperature on the output signal is on design
greatly reduced compared to a conventional screw connection. • Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, optional IP67
The pressure transmitters can be powered with a non-regulated • Electromagnetic compatibility
DC voltage of 10 to 30 V. Output signals common to measuring - Emitted interference To EN 50081 Part 1, issue 1993
technology are available. (residential and industrial areas).
The unit has no own emissions.
■ Technical specifications - Interference immunity to EN 50082 Part 2, issue March
1995 (industrial areas)
Pressure transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Design
Mode of operation
Weight (without remote seal)
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
• Field housing ≈ 460 g (≈ 1.01 lb)
Input
• Housing with plug ≈ 200 g (≈ 0.44 lb)
Measured variable Gage or absolute pressure
Housing
Measured range 0 ... 160 mbar (0 ... 2.32 psi)
... • Designs • Field housing IP65 or IP67, with
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) screwed gland
Output • Angled plug DIN 43650, IP65
Output signal • Cable connection, IP67
• Round plug connector M12,
• Two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA IP65
• Three-wire system 0 ... 20 mA • Material Stainless steel, mat.
Measuring accuracy To EN 60770-1 No. 1.4404/1.4305
Linearity error including hysteresis ≤ 0.2% of full-scale value Material of union nut Polyamide (with electrical con-
(reference point adjustment) nection using plug or cable)
Adjustment accuracy ≤ ± 0.2% of full-scale value Electronics unit potted with sili-
cone
Adjustment time < 20 ms Internal ventilation for measuring
Influence of ambient temperature ranges < 16 bar (< 232 psi),
through housing thread or con-
On th enclosure nection cable depending on
• Zero < 0.2%/10 K of full-scale value design
On the process connection (remote Zero error (depends on design) • Versions See Ordering data
seal) • Material of coupling Stainless steel, mat.
• Flange remote seal No. 1.4404/316L
• Clamp-on seal Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 25 / 1" 9.5 mbar/10 K (0.138 psi/10 K) (DRGL 97/23/EC) with the requirements of article 3,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
- DN 32 / 1¼” 4.1 mbar/10 K (0.060 psi/10 K) assigned to category III, confor-
- DN 40 / 1½” 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.057 psi/10 K) mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord
- DN 50 / 2" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.057 psi/10 K)
Explosion protection
The zero error specified for the process connection should be consid-
ered as a guideline for a standard design. We will produce a detailed • Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2099 X
system calculation on request. Systems with reduced remote seal errors - Identification Ex II 2G EEx ib IIC T6
are available on request.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F) (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
with quick-release clamp with aseptic connection
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1,
slotted union nut form A,
• DN 25 AD with slotted union nut
• DN 32 AE • 1 inch PM
• DN 40 AF • 1½ inch PN
• DN 50 AG • 2 inch PP
• DN 65 AH • 2½ inch PQ
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with Aseptic screwed gland to
threaded socket DIN 11864-1, form A
• DN 25 BD with threaded socket
• DN 32 BE • 1 inch QM
• DN 40 BF • 1½ inch QN
• DN 50 BG • 2 inch QP
• DN 65 BH • 2½ inch QQ
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 Aseptic screwed NEUMO
with slotted union nut 1)
• DN 25 CD
• DN 25 RD
• DN 40 CF
• DN 32 RE
• DN 50 CG
• DN 40 RF
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
• DN 50 RG
• 1 inch DM
Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1½ inch DN with threaded socket 1)
• 2 inch DP • DN 25 SD
• 2½ inch DQ • DN 32 SE
IDF standard with slotted union nut • DN 40 SF
• 1 inch EM • DN 50 SG
• 1½ inch EN Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 2 inch EP with clamp connection, form R 1)
IDF standard with threaded socket • DN 25 TD
• 1 inch FM • DN 32 TE
• 1½ inch FN • DN 40 TF
• 2 inch FP • DN 50 TG
SMS standard with slotted union nut Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1 inch GM with clamp connection, form V 1)
• 1½ inch GN • DN 25 UD
• 2 inch GP • DN 32 UE
SMS standard with threaded socket • DN 40 UF
• 1 inch HM • DN 50 UG
• 1½ inch HN Special version ZA J1Y
• 2 inch HP (add Order code and plain text)
DRD flange, without welding-type flange Filling liquid
• DN 50, PN 40 JH Vegetable oil 1
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen)
medicinal white oil 2
• D = 50, for Varivent housing DN 25 and KF
1 inch Food oil, FDA-listed 3
• D = 68, for Varivent housing KL Special version 9 L1Y
DN 40 ... DN 125 and 1½ ... 6 inch (add Order code and plain text)
Special version ZA J1Y
(add Order code and plain text) Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Filling liquid
Vegetable oil 1 Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)
medicinal white oil 2
1)
Please specify as well:
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03,
Special version 9 L1Y see table "Further designs" on next page
(add Order code and plain text)
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F) (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pres-
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection sure
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1 (continued)
IP65 -1 ... 0 bar g 10 bar g FA
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 2 (-14.5 ... 0 psi g) (145 psi g)
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 0.6 bar g 10 bar g FB
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi g) (145 psi g)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 3 -1 ... 1.5 bar g 16 bar g FC
union nut made of stainless steel (-14.5 ... 21.8 psi g) (232 psi g)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4 -1 ... 3 bar g 16 bar g FD
cable gland, IP65 (-14.5 ... 43.5 psi g) (232 psi g)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 -1 ... 5 bar g 30 bar g FE
cable gland, IP67 (-14.5 ... 72.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges -1 ... 9 bar g 30 bar g GA
< 10 bar (< 145 psi) (-14.5 ... 130.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
Measured range Overload pressure -1 ... 15 bar g 50 bar g GB
0 ... 160 mbar g 2 bar g BB (-14.5 ... 217.6 psi g) (725 psi g)
(0 ... 2.32 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a F) HA
0 ... 250 mbar g 2 bar g BC (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (145 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a F) HB
0 ... 400 mbar g 6 bar g BD (0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi a)
(0 ... 5.8 psi g) (87 psi g) 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a F) HC
0 ... 600 mbar g 6 bar g BE (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (232 psi a)
(0 ... 8.7 psi g) (87 psi g) 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a F) HD
0 ... 1 bar g 10 bar g CA (0 ... 58 psi a) (232 psi a)
(0 ... 14.5 psi g) (145 psi g) 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a F) HE
0 ... 1.6 bar g 10 bar g CB (0 ... 87 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 23.2 psi g) (145 psi g) 0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a F) JA
0 ... 2.5 bar g 16 bar g CC (0 ... 145 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 36.3 psi g) (232 psi g)
Special version ZA P1Y
0 ... 4 bar g 16 bar g CD (add Order code and plain text)
(0 ... 58 psi g) (232 psi g)
0 ... 6 bar g 30 bar g CE Explosion protection
(0 ... 87 psi g) (435 psi g) without 1
0 ... 10 bar g 30 bar g DA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, EEx ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 145 psi g) (435 psi g) Further designs Order code
0 ... 16 bar g 50 bar g DB
(0 ... 232 psi g) (725 psi g) Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code
0 ... 25 bar g 50 bar g DC
(0 ... 363 psi g) (725 psi g) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 40 bar g 70 bar g DD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 580 psi g) (1015 psi g) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
-160 ... 0 mbar g 2 bar g EB (5.9·10-8 inch)
(-2.32 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g)
-250 ... 0 bar g 2 bar g EC Integral cooling element K01
(-3.73 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) Process temperature max. 200 °C
-400 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g ED (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(-5.8 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g) Connections for pipe
-600 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g EE Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
(-8.7 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g)
ISO pipes to DIN 2463 R02
Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
Certificates
Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling liq- C17
uids certified by factory certificate to
EN 10204-2.2
Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
certified by factory certificate to
EN 10204-3.1
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
seals with aseptic screwed gland
to DIN 11864
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F) (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland Clamp-on seal
at both ends) with aseptic connection
with quick-release clamps Aseptic screwed gland to
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with DIN 11864-1, form A
threaded socket with threaded socket
• DN 25 AD • 1 inch QM
• DN 32 AE • 1½ inch QN
• DN 40 AF • 2 inch QP
• DN 50 AG Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 65 AH with threaded socket1)
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 25 SD
• DN 25 CD • DN 32 SE
• DN 32 CE • DN 40 SF
• DN 40 CF • DN 50 SG
• DN 50 CG • DN 65 SH
• DN 65 CH Aseptic screwed NEUMO
Clamp connection to ISO 28521) with clamp connection, form R1)
• 1 inch DM • DN 25 TD
• 1½ inch DN • DN 32 TE
• 2 inch DP • DN 40 TF
• 2½ inch DQ • DN 50 TG
Special version ZA J1Y Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
(add Order code and plain text) with threaded socket W 501
• 1 inch VM
Filling liquid • 1½ inch VN
Vegetable oil 1 • 2 inch VP
Medicinal white oil 2 Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
with clamp connection W 601
Food oil, FDA-listed 3
• 1 inch WM
Special version 9 L1Y • 1½ inch WN
(add Order code and plain text)
• 2 inch WP
Output signal Special version ZA J1Y
4 ... 20 mA 1 (add Order code and plain text)
Special version 9 M1 Y Filling liquid
(add Order code and plain text) Vegetable oil 1
1) Please note the internal diameter of the pipe. Please specify pipe classes medicinal white oil 2
(see "Further designs") Food oil, FDA-listed 3
Special version 9 L1Y
(add Order code and plain text)
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)
1)
Please specify as well:
Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03,
see table "Further designs" on next page
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F) (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pressure
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection (continued)
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1 -1 ... 0 bar g 10 bar g FA
IP65, union nut made of polyamide (-14.5 ... 0 psi g) (145 psi g)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 2 -1 ... 0.6 bar g 10 bar g FB
union nut made of polyamide (-14.5 ... 8.7 psi g) (145 psi g)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 3 -1 ... 1.5 bar g 16 bar g FC
union nut made of stainless steel (-14.5 ... 21.8 psi g) (232 psi g)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4 -1 ... 3 bar g 16 bar g FD
cable gland, IP65 (-14.5 ... 43.5 psi g) (232 psi g)
-1 ... 5 bar g 30 bar g FE
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 (-14.5 ... 72.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
cable gland, IP67
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges -1 ... 9 bar g 30 bar g GA
< 10 bar (< 145 psi) (-14.5 ... 130.5 psi g)(435 psi g)
Measured range Overload pressure -1 ... 15 bar g 50 bar g GB
(-14.5 ... 217.6 psi g)(725 psi g)
0 ... 160 mbar g 2 bar g BB
(0 ... 2.32 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a F) HA
0 ... 250 mbar g 2 bar g BC (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (145 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a F) HB
0 ... 400 mbar g 6 bar g BD (0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi a)
(0 ... 5.8 psi g) (87 psi g) 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a F) HC
0 ... 600 mbar g 6 bar g BE (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (232 psi a)
(0 ... 8.7 psi g) (87 psi g) 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a F) HD
(0 ... 58 psi a) (232 psi a)
0 ... 1 bar g 10 bar g CA
(0 ... 14.5 psi g) (145 psi g) 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a F) HE
(0 ... 87 psi a) (435 psi a)
0 ... 1.6 bar g 10 bar g CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi g) (145 psi g) 0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a F) JA
0 ... 2.5 bar g 16 bar g CC (0 ... 145 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 36.3 psi g) (232 psi g) Special version ZA P1Y
0 ... 4 bar g 16 bar g CD (add Order code and plain text)
(0 ... 58 psi g) (232 psi g)
0 ... 6 bar g 30 bar g CE Explosion protection
(0 ... 87 psi g) (435 psi g) without 1
with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, EEx ib IIC T6 2
0 ... 10 bar g 30 bar g DA
(0 ... 145 psi g) (435 psi g) Further designs Order code
0 ... 16 bar g 50 bar g DB Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
(0 ... 232 psi g) (725 psi g) Order code
0 ... 25 bar g 50 bar g DC
(0 ... 363 psi g) (725 psi g) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 40 bar g 70 bar g DD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 580 psi g) (1015 psi g) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
-160 ... 0 mbar g 2 bar g EB (5.9·10-8 inch)
(-2.32 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g)
Integral cooling element K01
-250 ... 0 bar g 2 bar g EC
(-3.73 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) Process temperature max. 200 °C
(392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
-400 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g ED
(-5.8 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g) Connections for pipe
-600 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g EE Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
(-8.7 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g) ISO pipes to ISO 2463 R02
Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
Certificates
Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling liq- C17
uids certified by factory certificate
to EN 10204-2.2
Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
certified by factory certificate
to EN 10204-3.1
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
seals with aseptic screwed gland
to DIN 11864
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
■ Dimensional drawings
2
Housing
» 8 (0.3)
39 (1.53) For cable diam.
ø 50 For cable diam.
4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39) 4 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
(diam. 1.97)
» 50 (1.97)
38,5 (1.52)
9 (0.35)
(0.9)
22,5
107,5 (4.23)
124,5 (4.9)
» 132 (5.2)
30 (1.18)
94 (3.7)
74,5 (2.93)
74,5 (2.93)
74,5 (2.93)
74,5 (2.93)
Thermal decoupler
for process temperature
up to 200 °C (392 °F)
Process connections
Standard
Food screwed gland Clamp connection Pipe-screwed gland Pipe clamp connection
Union nut to DIN 32 676 (food) to DIN 32 676
to DIN 11 851 ISO 2852 Round thread DN 25 ... 100
DN 25 ... 65 DN 25 ... 65 to DIN 11 851 to ISO 2853
1 ... 2½ DN 25 ... 65 1 ... 2½
Aseptic
Aseptic screwed gland Clamp connection Pipe screwed gland (aseptic) Pipe clamp connection
Round thread Neumo, Südmo, Guth Round thread Neumo, Südmo, Guth
Neumo, Südmo, Guth DN 25 ... 50 DIN 11 864-1 DN 25 ... 65
DIN 11 864-1 1 ... 2 Neumo, Südmo, Guth 1 ... 2
DN 25 ... 65 DN 25 ... 65
1 ... 2 1 ... 2
■ Schematics
Field housing Angled plug Cable connection Round plug
0V 4 black
0V brown
Two-wire system yellow
24 V green
1 brown 2 white
24 V
■ Overview ■ Design
2
SITRANS P pressure transmitter, MK II series, with built-in analog indica- SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, front view
tor
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, measure the the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
gage pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors mation. The components described below are the same for all
and liquids. transmitters.
They are precise and robust pressure transmitters with an ex- The rating plate (3, Figure "Front view") with the Order No. is lo-
tremely compact design. cated on the side of the housing. The specified number together
These pressure transmitters are available in numerous versions with the ordering information provide details on the optional de-
and with a wide range of accessories. sign details and on the possible measuring range (physical
properties of built-in sensor element).
■ Benefits The approval label is located on the opposite side.
• Robust and compact design The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
cision casting. A round cover (5) is screwed on at the front and
• High measuring accuracy
rear of the housing. The pressure transmitter can be optionally
• Conformity error ≤ 0.25% equipped with an analog indicator (6). The inlet (4) for the elec-
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L trical connection is located either on the left or right side. The un-
used opening on the opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug.
• Measuring range 0.23 to 160 bar g (3.34 to 2320 psi g)
The protective earth connection is located on the rear of the
• Ex protection to ATEX and FM/CSA housing.
■ Application The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, are used mainly housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
in the following branches: (1). The measuring cell is protected from rotating by a locking
screw.
• Chemical industry
• Petrochemical industry ■ Function
• Power engineering
Mode of operation
• Pharmaceutical industry
The pressure is applied through the seal diaphragm (2, Figure
Transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety" may be
"Functional diagram") and the filling liquid (3) to the silicon pres-
installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1). The
sure sensor (4) whose measuring diaphragm is then flexed. This
conformity certificate corresponds to the European standard
changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the di-
(ATEX).
aphragm in a bridge circuit.
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage pro-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
portional to the absolute pressure, which is amplified in the in-
highly viscous substances.
strument amplifier and converted directly into an output current
4 ... 20 mA.
The pressure transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar g (≤ 914 psi g)
measure the input pressure compared to atmospheric.
The pressure transmitters with span 160 bar g (2320 psi g) mea-
sure the input pressure compared to vacuum.
2
Measuring accuracy To EN 60770-1
6 7 Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, Start-of-
scale value 0 bar, Stainless steel
seal diaphragm, Silicone oil filling,
Limit setting, r: Span ratio
5 (r = max. span / set span)
IA, UH Error in measurement (including ≤ 0,25%
hysteresis and repeatability)
Long-term drift ≤ 0.2% in 12 months with max.
span
Influence of ambient temperature
Temperature range:
4 pe Pressure as input variable
3 IA Output signal • -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.6⋅r + 0.6)%
UH Power supply With 1 bar (14.5 psi) cell:
2 1 Process connection ≤ (1.2⋅r + 0.6)%
2 Seal diaphragm
3 Filling liquid • -40 ... -10 °C (-40 ... +14 °F) and ≤ (0.2⋅r + 0.15)% / 10 K
4 Silicon pressure sensor 60 ... 85 °C (140 ... 185 °F)
5 Instrument amplifier Rated conditions
6 Potentiometer and plug-in jumpers for
parameterization Ambient conditions
7 Analog indicator (option,
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
not DS series with PROFIBUS-PA)
1 Climatic class
pe • Condensation Permissible
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, functional diagram
Electromagnetic compatibility
Parameterization • Emitted interference To EN 50081-1
The transmitter parameters are set using potentiometers and • Interference immunity To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
plug-in jumpers (6, Figure "Functional diagram").
Process temperature -30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F)
The following parameters can be set and displayed:
Design
• Start-of-scale and full-scale values with application of a pres-
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
sure
• Damping Housing material Poor in copper die-cast alumin-
ium GD-AlSi12
2
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160 • Explosion protection to FM Cert. of Compliance 3008490
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6 - Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4; CL II,
(NI) DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I,
- Permissible ambient tempera- -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F) ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4; CL I, DIV 2,
ture temperature class T4; GP ABCD T4; CL II, DIV 2,
-30 ... +60 °C (-22 ... +140 °F) GP FG; CL III
temperature class T6
• Explosion protection to CSA Cert. of Compliance 2000.1153651
- Connection To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC - Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4; CL II,
DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC
T4; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4;
CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for pressure 7MF 4 0 1 0 - Further designs
MK II series
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
2-wire system, Instruction Manual (in same 77777 - 1 777
language as rating plate; see "Further designs") Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket
made of:
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Steel A01
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Stainless steel A02
Measured span Plug
0.23 ... 1 bar g (3.34 ... 14.5 psi g) B • Han 7D (metal, gray) A30
0.89 ... 4 bar g (12.9 ... 58 psi g) C • Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31
3.55 ... 16 bar g (51.5 ... 232 psi g) D
Rating plate inscription
14.0 ... 63 bar g (203 ... 914 psi g) E
(instead of German)
35.6 ... 160 bar g (516 ... 2320 psi g) F
• English B11
Wetted parts materials • French B12
Seal diaphragm Connection shank • Spanish B13
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Italian B14
Version for diaphragm seal1) Y English rating plate B21
Pressure units in H2O or psi
Process connection
• Connection shank G½A to EN 837-1 0 Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 (calibration certificate)1)
to DIN 55350, Part 18 4.2.2 and to ISO 9001
Non-wetted parts materials
Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 Factory certificate C14
to DIN 50049-2.2/EN 10204-2.2
Explosion protection
• without A use at zone 0 E02
• with ATEX, Type of protection: (only together with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
(EEx ia)")
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 2) Additional data
D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P Measuring range to be set Y01
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 3) specify in plain text:
• with FM + CSA, Type of protection: Y01: ... to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)" 2) NC Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15
max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Electrical connection / cable inlet Y15: ...........................................
• Screwed gland Pg 13.5 (adapter) A
Measuring point text Y16
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C Y16: ...........................................
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector Only the settings for "Y01" can be made in the factory
Display
• without 1 Ordering example
• Housing cover with analog indicator, scale 3 Item line: 7MF4010-1EA00-1AA3-Z
0 ... 100%, linear divisions B line: A01 + Y01
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and input isolators". C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar g (145 ... 290 psi g)
■ Dimensional drawings
2
15 144 (5.9) 55 100 (3.94)
(0.6) (0.6) ca. 30 (1.2) 3)
74 51 28 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
117 (4.6)
3 3
171 (6.7)
1)
237 (9.3)
1) 4
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
123 (4.8)
min. 77 (3.0) 2)
7
■ Overview
2
The SITRANS P300 is a digital pressure transmitter for gage and It can be used for the following measurement types:
absolute pressure. All conventional thread versions are available • Gage pressure
as process connections. In addition, various hygiene-based
connections and flange connections with front-flush diaphragms • Absolute pressure
meet the requirements of a dead space free process connec- With appropriate parameter settings, it can also be used for the
tion. following additional measurement types:
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to • Level
20 mA or a PROFIBUS PA signal, which is linearly proportional to • Volume
the input pressure. Communication is over HART protocol or
over PROFIBUS PA interface. Convenient buttons for easy local • Mass
operation of the basic settings of the pressure transmitter. The "intrinsically-safe" EEx version of the transmitter can be in-
The SITRANS P300 has a single-chamber stainless steel casing. stalled in hazardous areas (zone 1). The transmitters are pro-
The pressure transmitter is approved with "intrinsically safe" type vided with an EC type examination certificate and comply with
of protection It can be used in zone 1 or zone 0. the respective harmonized European standards of ATEX.
Gage pressure
■ Benefits This variant measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-
• High quality and long life ous gases, vapors and liquids.
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical The smallest measuring span is 10 mbar g, the largest 400 bar g.
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions Level
• Minimum conformity error With appropriate parameter settings, the gage pressure variant
measures the level of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-
• Small long-term drift
ous liquids.
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (such as stainless
steel, Hastelloy) For measuring the level in an open container you require one de-
vice; for measuring the level in a closed container, you require
• Measuring range 8 mbar to 400 bar two devices and a process control system.
• High measuring accuracy
Absolute pressure
• Parameterization over control keys and HART communication
or PROFIBUS PA communication This variant measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Application The smallest measuring span is 8 mbar a, the largest 30 bar a.
The pressure transmitter is available in versions for gage pres-
sure and for absolute pressure. The output signal is always a
load-independent direct current from 4 to 20 mA or a
PROFIBUS PA signal, which is linearly proportional to the input
pressure. The pressure transmitter measures aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, as well as vapors and liquids.
■ Design ■ Function
2 The device comprises: Operation of the electronics with HART communication
• Electronics
• Housing 9
8
• Measuring cell 0 0 00 0
M 00
10
2 3 4 5
mC IA, UH
7
HART interface
EEPROM
6
Electronics
1 6
EEPROM
Sensor
Pe
Measuring cell
2 3 4 5 7 5
mC PA 2
interface 4
Power supply
10
PROFIBUS-PA
Power
PROFIBUS-DP
EEPROM supply
6 unit
Coup-
ler
5 Filling liquid
Sensor
6 Relative pressure sensor
pe
pe Pressure as input variable
pe
Measuring cell
Measuring cell for gage pressure, function chart
RS 232
1 Measuring cell
2 Seal diaphragm
3 Filling liquid
4 Absolute pressure sensor 2
pe Pressure as input variable
SH
■ Technical specifications
2 F
2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure and absolute pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection No Yes
Electrical damping T63 (step width 0.1 s) Set to 0.1 s (0 ... 100 s)
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, measuring cell
with silicone oil, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F), span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Measurement deviation with cut-off point set-
ting, including hysteresis and repeatability.
Gage pressure Absolute pressure Gage pressure Absolute pressure
Linear characteristic curve ≤ 0,075% ≤ 0,075%
• r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)% ≤ 0,1%
• 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)% ≤ 0,2%
• 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)% -
Settling time T63 without electrical damping Approx. 0.2 s
Long-term drift at ± 30 °C (± 54 °F) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)%/5 years ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.25%/5 years ≤ 0.1%/year
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)% / 10 K ≤ 0.25%/ 10 K
(-40 ... 14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of the medium temperature (only
with front-flush diaphragm)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
temperature and ambient temperature
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with medical whiteoil and -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid (not with -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
front-flush diaphragm)
• Digital display -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
Climatic class
Condensation Permissible
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65, IP68, NEMA X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150° C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic compatibility
• Emitted interference and interference immu- To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
nity
Medium conditions
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front- -25 ... +150 °C (-13 ... +302 °F)
flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with medical whiteoil and -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temper- -25 ... +200 °C (-13 ... +392 °F)
ature isolator (only with front-flush dia-
phragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure and absolute pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Design (standard version)
Weight (without options) Approx. 800 g (1.8 lb)
Housing material Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
Process connection • G½A to DIN EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) with fastening thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518
- M10 as per DIN 19213
Design (version with front-flush dia-
phragm)
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 ... 13 kg (2.2 ... 29 lb)
Housing material Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
• FDA compliant fill fluid
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC Supplied through bus
for intrinsically safe operation: 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without EEx - 9 ... 32 V
• For intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) - Available
2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure and absolute pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Water, waste water Available soon
Explosion protection
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T4, T5, T6
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Temperature class T5 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Temperature class T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi-
mum values: mum values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective inner inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li ≤ 7 µH
Explosion protection to FM for USA and
Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4 ... T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
2
HART communication Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage
and absolute pressure, single-chamber measur- and absolute pressure, single-chamber measur-
ing housing, rating plate inscription in English ing housing, rating plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Display
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Without display, with keys, closed lid 3) 1
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • With display and keys, closed lid 2
DIN 25410 • With display and keys, lid with glass pane 6
max. span (setting on HART devices: mA,
on PROFIBUS devices: pressure units)
1 bar g (14.5 psi g) B
• With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
4 bar g (58 psi g) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pane
63 bar g (914 psi g) E Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isol. amplifiers".
160 bar g (2320 psi g) F Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
400 bar g (5800 psi g) G 2/133.
0.25 bar a (3.63 psi a) F) Q
Included in delivery of the device:
1.3 bar a (18.9 psi a) F) S • Brief instructions (Leporello)
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) F) T • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
30 bar a (435 psi a) F) U 1)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
Wetted parts materials ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 2)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
Hastelloy Hastelloy F) C with the corresponding seals.
3)
Only together with HART electronics.
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) Y 4)
Without cable gland.
Process connection F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
• G½A to EN 837-1 0
• ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4
• Male thread M20 x 1,5 5
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
Non-wetted parts materials
• St. steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically polished 4
Version
• Standard version 1
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
• With FM „Intrinsic safe“ (cFMUS) M
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (Polyamide) 3) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 connector (metal, without cable socket) F
• M12 connector (stainless steel, without cable socket) G
• ½-14 NPT thread, metal 4) H
• ½-14 NPT thread, stainless steel4) J
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage
pressure with front-flush membrane,
single-chamber measuring housing, rating plate
inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART F) 7 M F 8 1 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA F) 7 M F 8 1 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) F) 7 M F 8 1 2 5 -
77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3
DIN 25410
FDA compliant fill fluid
• Neobee oil Standard 4
max. span
1 bar g (14.5 psi g) B
4 bar g (58 psi g) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D
63 bar g (914 psi g) E
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Process connection
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7
(see "Further designs")
Non-wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4
polished
Version
• Standard version 1
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
• With FM „Intrinsic safe“ (cFMUS) M
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (Polyamide)1) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 connector (without cable socket) F
• M12 connector (stainless steel, without cable socket) G
• ½-14 NPT thread, metal2) H
• ½-14 NPT thread, stainless steel2) J
Display
• Without display, with keys, closed lid1) 1
• With display and keys, closed lid 2
• With display and keys, lid with macrolon washer 4
(setting on HART devices: mA,
on PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
devices: pressure units)
• With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 5
code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with macrolon
washer
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane 6
(setting on HART devices: mA,
on PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
devices: pressure units)
• With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pane
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isol. amplifiers".
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
1) Only together with HART electronics.
2)
Without cable gland.
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. code.
Mounting bracket A02 9 9 9 Bio-Control (Neumo) sanitary connection
made completely of stainless steel, for wall or certified to 3A and EHEDG3)
pipe mounting • DN 50, PN 16 Q53 9 9 9
Cable socket for M12 plug • DN 65, PN 16 Q54 9 9 9
• Metal A50 9 9 Sanitary process connection to DRD
• Stainless steel A51 9 9 • 50 mm, PN 40 M32 9 9 9
Rating plate inscription Sanitary process connection to
(instead of English) NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection
• German B10 9 9 9 certified to 3A and EHEDG3)
• French B12 9 9 9 • DN 40, PN 16 Q04 9 9 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q05 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 16 Q06 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 16 Q07 9 9 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9
• DN 100, PN 16 Q08 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH20 or psi
• DN 2“, PN 16 Q13 9 9 9
Manufacturer's test certificate M1) C11 9 9 9 • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q14 9 9 9
(calibration certificate) • DN 3“, PN 16 Q15 9 9 9
to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 • DN 4“, PN 16 Q16 9 9 9
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 Sanitary process connection to
to EN 10204-3.1 NEUMO Bio-Connect flange connection
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 certified to 3A and EHEDG3)
to EN 10204-2.2 • DN 50, PN 16 Q23 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN 16 Q24 9 9 9
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 16 Q25 9 9 9
Only for SITRANS P300 with front-flush • DN 100, PN 16 Q26 9 9 9
diaphragm (7MF81..-...) • DN 2“, PN 16 Q31 9 9 9
Flange to EN 1092-1 • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q32 9 9 9
• DN 25, PN 40 M11 9 9 9 • DN 3“, PN 16 Q33 9 9 9
• DN 25, PN 100 M21 9 9 9 • DN 4“, PN 16 Q34 9 9 9
• DN 40, PN 40 M13 9 9 9 Sanitary process connection to
• DN 40, PN 100 M23 9 9 9 NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
• DN 50, PN 16 M04 9 9 9 certified to 3A and EHEDG3)
• DN 50, PN 40 M14 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q39 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 25 M06 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 10 Q40 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 40 M16 9 9 9 • DN 80, PN 10 Q41 9 9 9
Flanges to ASME B16.5 • DN 100, PN 10 Q42 9 9 9
• 1", class 150 M40 9 9 9 • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q48 9 9 9
• 1½", class 150 M41 9 9 9 • DN 3“, PN 10 Q49 9 9 9
• 2", class 150 M42 9 9 9 • DN 4“, PN 10 Q50 9 9 9
• 3", class 150 M43 9 9 9 Sanitary process connection to
• 4", class 150 M44 9 9 9 NEUMO Connect S flange connection
certified to 3A and EHEDG
• 1", class 300 M45 9 9 9
• DN 50, PN 16 Q63 9 9 9
• 1½", class 300 M46 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN 10 Q64 9 9 9
• 2", class 300 M47 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 10 Q65 9 9 9
• 3", class 300 M48 9 9 9
• DN 100, PN 10 Q66 9 9 9
Threaded connection • DN 2“, PN 16 Q72 9 9 9
• G 2“, flush-mounted R04 9 9 9 • DN 2½“, PN 10 Q73 9 9 9
Tank connection • DN 3“, PN 10 Q74 9 9 9
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10 9 9 9 • DN 4“, PN 10 Q75 9 9 9
Sanitary process connection according 1)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection) ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
• DN 50, PN 25 N04 9 9 9 order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
• DN 80, PN 25 N06 9 9 9 accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
Tri-Clamp connection according nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
DIN 32676/ISO 2852 with the corresponding seals.
certified to 3A3) 3)
Certified to 3A.
• DN 50/2“, PN 16 N14 9 9 9 The maximum temperatures of the medium depend on the respective cell
• DN 65/3“, PN 10 N15 9 9 9 fillings.
Varivent connection
certified to 3A and EHEDG3)
• Type N = 68 for Varivent housing N28 9 9 9
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C3) P00 9 9 9
for version with front-flush diaphragm
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data HART PA FF HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. Setting of pressure indicator in Y22 + 9
non-pressure units Y01
Measuring range to be set Y01 9 Specify in plain text:
Specify in plain text V (max. 5 digits): 3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m , m, USg, ...
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi (specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9 acters)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ........................................... Preset bus address Y25 9 9
Specify in plain text:
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9 Y25: .....................
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ........................................... Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
Entry of HART TAG Y17 9 9 = available
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text: Ordering example
Y17: ........................................... Item line: 7MF8023-1DB24-1AB7-Z
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9 B line: A02 + Y01 + Y21
units C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA): C line: Y21: bar (psi)
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
■ Dimensional drawings
ෘ
DSSUR[
DSSUR[
DSSUR[
+ DSSUR[
+ DSSUR[
DSSUR[
DSSUR[
DSSUR[
DSSUR[
r
DSSUR[
DSSUR[
DSSUR[
ෘ
+ DSSUR[
7HPSHUDWXUHGHFRXSOHU
+ DSSUR[
r
+
DN PN ∅D H2 52 mm (2“)
+
65 16 105 mm (4.1“)
52 mm (2“)
65 16 140 mm (5.5“)
NuG and pharmaceutical connections
80 16 150 mm (5.9“)
Connections to DIN
' 100 16 175 mm (6.9“)
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection)
2“ 16 100 mm (3.9“)
DN PN ∅D H2
2½“ 16 110 mm (4.3“)
50 25 92 mm (3.6“) Approx.
+
'
Sanitary connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
clamp connection
Tri-Clamp according DIN 32676
DN PN ∅D H2 DN PN ∅D H2
65 10 90,9 mm (3.6“)
+
65 16 91 mm (3.6“)
80 10 106 mm (4.2“)
100 10 119 mm (4.7“)
' '
2“ 16 64 mm (2.5“)
Other connections 2½“ 16 77,4 mm (3.0“)
Varivent connection 3“ 10 90,9 mm (3.6“)
DN PN ∅D H2 4“ 10 119 mm (4.7“)
40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx.
+
(3.3“) 52 mm (2“)
Sanitary connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S
flange connection
'
DN PN ∅D H2
50 16 125 mm (4.9“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“)
65 16 120 mm (4.7“) 2“ 16 125 mm (4.9“)
2½“ 10 135 mm (5.3“)
'
3“ 10 145 mm (5.7“)
4“ 10 180 mm (7.1“)
2
Thread connection G2“ to DIN 3852
DN PN ∅D H2
2“ 63 78 mm (3.1“) Approx.
52 mm (2“)
+
'
'
■ Application
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz ... 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The SITRANS P300 and DS III pressure transmitters have been
fitted with special process connections for the paper industry. The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
With the two process connection threads 1½" and 1" flush at the keys or programmed externally over HART communication or
front, the SITRANS P300 and DS III transmitters can be used for over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (only
all processes in the paper industry. DS III).
SITRANS P300 and DS III series pressure transmitters are digital SITRANS P, DS III series
pressure transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and
high accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control Measured variable: Gage pressure of aggressive and non-
keys, over HART communication, PROFIBUS PA or aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (DS III only). Span (infinitely adjustable)
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be For DS III HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar g (0.433 ... 232 psi g)
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. Nominal measuring range
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- For DS III PA and FF: 1 ... 16 bar g (14.5 ... 232 psi g)
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
SITRANS P300
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre- Span (infinitely adjustable)
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
For DS III HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar g (0.433 ... 232 psi g)
Various versions of the pressure transmitters are available for
measuring: Nominal measuring range
• Gage pressure For DS III PA: 1 ... 16 bar g (14.5 ... 232 psi g)
• Filling level
• Volume level
• Mass level
■ Benefits
• High quality and long life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads, e.g. abrasion.
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Minimum conformity error
PROFIBUS-PA
IA, UH
Power
PROFIBUS-DP
7 EEPROM supply
6 unit
HART interface Coup-
ler
Electronics
EEPROM 11
6 Bus-
1 6 Master
12
Electronics
EEPROM
1 6 Sensor
EEPROM
Sensor pe
Measuring cell
Pe
Measuring cell 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
1 Measuring cell sensor 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
2 Instrument amplifier 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
3 Analog-to-digital converter 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
4 Microcontroller each in the measuring cell
5 Digital-to-analog converter and electronics pe Input variable
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and electronics 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
7 HART interface
8 Three input keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current Function diagram of electronics
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
Function diagram of electronics earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface (7).
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linear- (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the sec-
ity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a dig- ond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
ital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
from one another.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
each other. ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
quired for this.
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar g measure the in-
put pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
≥ 160 bar g compared to vacuum.
9
Measuring cell for gage pressure with front-flush diaphragm 2
8
0 0 00 0
M 00
2 3 4 5 7
5
mC FF
interface 4
Power supply
10 1 1 Measuring cell
2 Process connection
Power 3 Seal diaphragm
EEPROM supply
6 unit 4 Filling liquid
Coup- 5 Silicon pressure sensor
ler pe Pressure as input variable
Electronics
2
1 6 3
p
e
EEPROM
Sensor
Volume 3 3 3 3 3
m , dm , hl, yd , ft , in , US gallon, Miscellaneous %
lmp, gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
liquid
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %, mA
■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Gage pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. permissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.145 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.23 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span/set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ± 30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(± 54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of medium temperature
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
temperature and ambient temperature
Influence of mounting position ≤ 0.1 mbar g (0.00145 psi g) per 10° inclination
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference im- To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
munity
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Housing material Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel
• Gasket (standard) PTFE flat gasket
• O-ring (minibolt) FPM (Viton) or optionally: FFPM or NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection (standard) Front-flush, 1½", PMC Standard design
Process connection (minibolt) Front-flush, 1", minibolt design
Power supply UH Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail- - Yes
able
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
for the paper industry
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input, 1
HART communication function block PID
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω • Analog input
Protocol HART Version 5.x - Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables acteristic
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
PROFIBUS PA communication able
Simultaneous communication with 4 - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
master class 2 (max.) the device with a bridge)
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
tion (standard setting address value, substitute value, incorrect
126) value)
Cyclic data usage - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or tively
10 (two measuring values)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode for flow measurement
and reset function for metering)
• PID Standard FF function block
Internal preprocessing
• Physical block 1 Resource block
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0, Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
Class B calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Function blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
• Analog input
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char- two pressures
ic process variables acteristic
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parameter-
pressure value, sensor temper- izable ramp function
- Simulation function Input /Output ature and electronics tempera-
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good ture
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with incor-
rect value)
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage F) 7 M F 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitter for gage
pressure, with PMC connection pressure, with PMC connection
77777 - 7777
series DS III HART
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series F) 7 M F 4 1 3 4 -
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 1 3 5 -
Silicone oil Standard 1 77777 - 7777
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
Span cleaning
0.01 ... 1 bar g1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g)1) B Silicone oil Standard 1
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C Inert liquid Grease-free 3
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D Nominal measuring range
Wetted parts materials 1 bar g1) (14.5 psi g)1) B
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 4 bar g (58 psi g) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Wetted parts materials
Process connection
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2
• PMC Style Mini bolt: 1" front-flush 3 Hastelloy Stainless steel B
(not with span - version "B") Process connection
Non-wetted parts materials • PMC Style Standard: front-flush 1½" 2
• Housing made of die-cast aluminum 0 • PMC Style Mini bolt: front-flush 1" 3
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 (not with span - version "B")
Version Non-wetted parts materials
• Standard version 1 • Housing made of die-cast aluminum 0
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 • Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
documentation in 5 languages on CD Version
Explosion protection • Standard version 1
• None A • International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Female thread M20x1.5 B Explosion protection
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C • None A
• M12 connectors (metal) F Electrical connection / cable inlet
Display • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• With visible digital indication, setting: mA 6 • M12 connectors (metal) F
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7 Display
as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" • Without (digital display hidden) 1
required)
• With visible digital display 6
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation • With customer-specific digital display (setting as 7
amplifiers". specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
Included in delivery of the device: Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello) • Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing ring • Sealing ring
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection 1) Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N. F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. code.
M12 cable sockets (metal) A50 9 9 9 Measuring range to be set Y01 9
Rating plate inscription Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
(instead of German)
Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
• English B11 9 9 9
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• French B12 9 9 9 Y15: ...........................................
• Spanish B13 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Y16: ...........................................
Pressure units in inH20 or psi
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
(calibration certificate) Y17: ...........................................
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
To EN 10204-3.1 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
To EN 10204-2.2 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Output signal can be set to upper limit of D05 9 9 9
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
22.0 mA
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Mounting
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" threaded P01 9 9 9 non-pressure units Y01
connection
Specify in plain text:
• Weldable socket for mini bolt connection 1" P02 9 9 9 Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer) (specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Preset bus address Y25 9 9
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y25: ...........
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
9 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
■ Dimensional drawings
2
15
(0.6) 144 (567) 100 (3.94)
approx. 30 (1.18)
51 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
3
4 1)
of housing
H2
1
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gage pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a
PMC Style standard
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
DN PN ∅D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P DS III up to a defined cross-sec-
tion 40.9 mm (1.6") Approx.
36.8 mm
+
DN PN ∅D H2
26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
+
'
2ULQJVXUIDFH
ERUHKROHPPಯZLWKRXWEXUU
PMC Style standard (left) and PMC Style minibolt (right) weldable sock-
ets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L
■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
2
HART PROFIBUS PA
Input
Measured variable Gage pressure (flush-mounted)
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. permissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.3 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
Depending on the process connection, the span Depending on the process connection, the nomi-
may differ from these values nal measuring range may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection No Yes
Electrical damping T63 (step width 0.1 s) Set to 0.1 s (0 ... 100 s)
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, measuring cell
with silicone oil, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F), span ratio (r = max. span/set span)
Measurement deviation with cut-off point set-
ting, including hysteresis and repeatability.
Linear characteristic curve ≤ 0,075%
• r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
• 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
• 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Settling time T63 without electrical damping Approx. 0.2 s
Long-term drift at ±30 °C (±54 °F) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)%/5 years ≤ 0.25%/5 years
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... 14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of the medium temperature (only
with front-flush diaphragm)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
temperature and ambient temperature
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Digital display -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
Climatic class
Condensation Permissible
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65, IP68, NEMA X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150° C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic compatibility
• Emitted interference and interfer. immunity To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA
Design
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)
Housing material Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Seal diaphragm Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC Supplied through bus
for intrinsically safe operation: 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without EEx - 9 ... 32 V
• For intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) - Available
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T4, T5, T6
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Temperature class T5 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Temperature class T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi-
mum values: mum values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective inner inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li ≤ 7 µH
Explosion protection to FM for USA and
Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4 ... T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the
paper industry
HART communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω
Protocol HART Version 5.x
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with 4
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using configuration tool
Local operation
(standard setting Address 126)
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte One measuring value: 5 bytes
Two measuring values: 10 bytes
• Input byte Register operating mode: 1 bytes
Reset function due to metering.
1 bytes
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B
Function blocks 2
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specific Linearly rising or falling character-
process variables istic
- Electrical damping T63 0 ... 100 s adjustable
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset and preset
Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the register
output
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Specification of a container Max. 31 nodes
characteristic with
- Characteristic Linear
- Simulation function Available
• Transducer block "Electronic tem-
perature"
- Simulation function Available
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC Further designs HART PA FF
connection, single-chamber measuring housing,
rating plate inscription in English Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code.
4 ... 20 mA/HART F) 7 M F 8 1 2 3 -
Cable socket for M12 plug
PROFIBUS PA F) 7 M F 8 1 2 4 - • Metal A50 9 9
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) F) 7 M F 8 1 2 5 - • Stainless steel A51 9 9
■ Dimensional drawings
2
ෘ
+ $SSUR[
+ $SSUR[
r
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
PMC Style Standard
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
DN PN ∅D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
40.4 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section 36.8 mm
+
(1.4’’)
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.
DN PN ∅D H2
26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
+
'
2ULQJVXUIDFH
ERUHKROHPPಯZLWKRXWEXUU
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable sock-
ets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L
■ Overview
2
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series, are digital pres- • Infinitely adjustable span from 0.01 mbar to 400 mbar for
sure transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high DS III with HART communication
accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control keys, • Nominal measuring range from 1 to 400 bar for DS III PA
over HART communication, PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION (PROFIBUS PA) and FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Fieldbus interface.
• High measuring accuracy
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be • Parameterization over control keys and HART communication,
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very PROFIBUS PA communication or FOUNDATION Fieldbus in-
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. terface.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
■ Application
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre- The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of high electromagnetic emissions.
highly viscous substances.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
for measuring: mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
• Gage pressure provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
• Absolute pressure with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
• For differential pressure transmitters
• Filling level Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
• Mass level egory "ia" and "ib".
• Volume level
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
• Volume flow mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
• Mass flow highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
■ Benefits keys or programmed externally over HART communication or
• High quality and long life over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics with-
out recalibration
• Minimum conformity error
• Small long-term drift
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless
steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
PROFIBUS-PA
IA, UH
Power
PROFIBUS-DP
7 EEPROM supply
6 unit
HART interface Coup-
ler
Electronics
EEPROM 11
6 Bus-
1 6 Master
12
Electronics
EEPROM
1 6 Sensor
EEPROM
Sensor pe
Measuring cell
Pe
Measuring cell 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
1 Measuring cell sensor 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
2 Instrument amplifier 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
3 Analog-to-digital converter 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
4 Microcontroller each in the measuring cell
5 Digital-to-analog converter and electronics pe Input variable
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and electronics 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
7 HART interface
8 Three input keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current Function diagram of the electronics
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the instru-
ment amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter
(3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its
Function diagram of the electronics linearity and temperature response corrected, and provided on
the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
(7).
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the instru-
ment amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
(3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
linearity and temperature response corrected, and converted in (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the sec-
a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to ond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
20 mA. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
from one another.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
each other. ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
quired for this.
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar measure the input
pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
≥ 160 bar compared to vacuum.
9
Measuring cell for gage pressure 2
8
0 0 00 0
M 00
2 3 4 5 7
5
mC FF
interface 4
Power supply 3
10 1 1 Measuring cell
2 Process connection
Power 3 Seal diaphragm
EEPROM supply
6 unit 4 Filling liquid
Coup- 5 Silicon pressure sensor
ler pe Pressure as input variable
Electronics
2
1 6
p
e
EEPROM
Sensor
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and 1 1 Measuring cell
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories 2 Process connection
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other 3 Seal diaphragm
4 Filling liquid
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
5 Silicon pressure sensor
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from pe Pressure as input variable
each other.
Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure 2
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys 3
p
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- e
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper in-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION dustry, function diagram
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
National Instruments Configurator is required for this. Figure "Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush dia-
phragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.
1 Seal diaphragm
2 O-ring
5
3 Overload diaphragm
4 4 Silicon pressure sensor
1 - + 1 5 Process flange
3
5 6 Body of measuring cell
1 7 Filling liquid
1 Measuring cell
2 Process connection
3 Seal diaphragm 7 6
4 Filling liquid
5 Silicon absolute pressure sensor
pe Absolute pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
2
pe The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
pressure sensor (4).
The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the pressure series, function pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
diagram fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
The absolute pressure pe is transmitted through the seal dia- tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
phragm (3, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the lute pressure.
gage pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (4) An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
to the silicon absolute pressure sensor (5) whose measuring di- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm is then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure
change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage propor- sensor from overloads.
tional to the input pressure.
Measuring cell for level
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure
series
3 4 5 6 7
2
2 3 4 1 Reference vacuum 8
2 Overload diaphragm
+
3 Silicon pressure sensor -
4 O-ring
5 5 Process flange
6 Seal diaphragm 1 10
1 pe 7 Body of measuring cell 9
6 8 Filling liquid
pe Absolute pressure as
input variable 1 Flange with tube 6 Silicon pressure sensor
8 7 2 Seal diaphragm on 7 O-ring
mounting flange 8 Process flange
3 Seal diaphragm 9 Filling liquid
4 Body of measuring cell 10 Capillary with filling liquid
5 Overload diaphragm of mounting flange
■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Gage pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. permissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.145 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.23 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
0.6 ... 63 bar g 100 bar g 63 bar g 100 bar g
(9.14 ... 914 psi g) (1450 psi g) (914 psi g) (1450 psi g)
1.6 ... 160 bar g 250 bar g 160 bar g 250 bar g
(23.2 ... 2320 psi g) (3626 psi g) (2320 psi g) (3626 psi g)
4.0 ... 400 bar g 600 bar g 400 bar g 600 bar g
(58 ... 5802 psi g) (8700 psi g) (5802 psi g) (8700 psi g)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a (0.435 psi a)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 30 mbar a (0.435 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span (max. 160 bar g (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement and inert liquid)
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span/set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec- -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Housing material Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. No. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection Connection shank G½A to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange (PN 160
(MWP 2320 psi g)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Power supply UH Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail- - Yes
able
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 99 ATEX 2122
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max.surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
- Identification Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
• Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
2
HART communication Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 7MF 4 0 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 7MF 4 0 3 3 -
pressure, series DS III HART pressure, series DS III HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
cleaning amplifiers".
Silicone oil Standard } 1 Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 2/133.
Span Included in delivery of the device:
0.01 ... 1 bar g (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) } B • Brief instructions (Leporello)
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) } C • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) } D 1)
For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) } E 2)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
1.6 ... 160 bar g (23.2 ... 2320 psi g) } F ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
4.0 ... 400 bar g (58.0 ... 5802 psi g) } G order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Wetted parts materials 3) Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
Seal diaphragm Process connection nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
with the corresponding seals.
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A 4) Not together with Electrical connection „Screwed gland Pg 13.5“ and
Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B „Han7D plug“.
5)
Hastelloy Hastelloy F) C Without cable gland, with blanking plug
6)
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) Y With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
7)
Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and type of protection
Process connection "Ex nA".
• Connection shank G½A to EN 837-1 } 0 8)
Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
• Oval flange made of stainless steel F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4
• Male thread M20 x 1,5 5
• Male thread ½-14 NPT 6
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium } 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting4) 3
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, } 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 5) F) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure F) P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 6)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. 1)
For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2) When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage
pressure ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 0 3 4 - accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
3) Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 0 3 5 - nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
77777 - 7777 with the corresponding seals.
4) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell 5)
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
cleaning 6)
Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
Silicone oil Standard 1 "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Nominal measuring range
1 bar g (14.5 psi g) F) B
4 bar g (58 psi g) F) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D
63 bar g (914 psi g) E
160 bar g (2320 psi g) F
400 bar g (5802 psi g) G
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) Y
Process connection
• Connection shank G½A to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread M12 nach DIN 19213 4
• Male thread M20 x 1,5 5
• Male thread ½-14 NPT 6
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 4) F) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure F) P
5)
(EEx ia + EEx d)"
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and F) R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)" 6) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) NC
(is + xp)" 5)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Plug M12 (metal) 6) F
Display
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital indicator 6
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
2/133.
The device is delivered together with brief instructions (Leporello) and a
CD-ROM containing detailed documentation.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting
bracket made of: Measuring range to be set Y01 9
• Steel A01 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Plug Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Y15: ...........................................
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Rating plate inscription Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
(instead of German)
• English B11 9 9 9 Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
• French B12 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Y17: ...........................................
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
English rating plate B21 9 9 9
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 Note:
(calibration certificate)1) The following pressure units can be selected:
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM oder %
To EN 10204-3.1 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
To EN 10204-2.2 non-pressure units Y01
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
"PROFIsafe“ certificate and protocol C21 9 (specification of measuring range in
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
22.0 mA max. 5 characters)
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 Preset bus address Y25 9
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
(not together with 7D/ Y25: .....................
Han 8U plug, cable gland Pg 13.5) Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 9 = available
(only together with the devices 7MF4033-
Ordering example
....0-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01)
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
Supplied with oval flange D37F) 9 9 9
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
of oval flange
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Oxygen application E10 9 9 9
(max. 160 bar g (2320 psi g) for oxygen
measurement and inert liquid)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E55 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
1)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
with the corresponding seals.
■ Dimensional drawings
2
15 55 4)
144 (5.67) (0.6) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
74 51 28 approx. 96 (3.78) 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
3 3
117 (4.6)
171 (6.7)
1) 8
237 (9.3)
1) 4
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
7
min. 77 (3.0) 5)
105 (4.1)
ø 50 ... 60
1 Process connection: (1.97 ... 2.36)
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½A or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter)2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
6 Protective cover over keys 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
7 Mounting bracket (option) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
8 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 4) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 5) Minimum distance for rotation
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for gage pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
15 144 (5.67)
55
(0.6) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
2
(0.6)
74 51 28 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
117 (4.6)
171 (6.7)
1) 8
237 (9.3)
1) 4
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
7
min. 77 (3.0) 2)
105 (4.1)
ø 50 ... 60
1 Process connection: (1.97 ... 2.36)
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½A or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
7 Mounting bracket (option) 2) Minimum distance for rotating
8 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure, 3) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure".
not shown in the drawing) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA".
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for gage pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
■ Technical specifications
2 SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Gage pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. permissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.145 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.23 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
0.6 ... 63 bar g 100 bar g 63 bar g 100 bar g
(9.14 ... 914 psi g) (1450 psi g) (914 psi g) (1450 psi g)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally -
set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil fill-
ing, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span/set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of mounting position 0.1 mbar g (0.00145 psi g) per 10° inclination
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
Influence of the medium temperature (only with
front-flush diaphragm)
• Temperature difference between medium tem- 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
perature and ambient temperature
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immu- To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
nity
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Housing material Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. No. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Power supply UH Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3,
directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Hygiene version
In the case of SITRANS P DSIII with 7MF413x front-flush dia-
phragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of
EHEDG.
.
2
HART communication Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage F) 7 M F 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage
pressure, front-flush membrane, pressure, front-flush membrane
77777 - 7777
series DS III HART
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) F) 7 M F 4 1 3 4 -
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 1 3 5 -
Silicone oil Standard 1 77777 - 7777
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
FDA compliant fill fluid cleaning
• Neobee oil Standard 4 Silicone oil Standard 1
Span Inert liquid Grease-free 3
0.01 ... 1 bar g1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g)1) B FDA compliant fill fluid
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C • Neobee oil Standard 4
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D Nominal measuring range
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) E 1 bar g1) (14.5 psi g)1) B
Wetted parts materials 4 bar g (58 psi g) C
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 16 bar g (232 psi g) D
63 bar g (914 psi g) E
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Wetted parts materials
Process connection
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or 7
Q.. Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Non-wetted parts materials Process connection
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 • Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or 7
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 Q..
Version Non-wetted parts materials
• Standard version 1 • Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 • Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
documentation in 5 languages on CD Version
Explosion protection • Standard version 1
• Without A • International version, English label inscriptions, 2
• With ATEX, Type of protection: documentation in 5 languages on CD
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B Explosion protection
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 2) D • Without A
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R • With ATEX, Type of protection:
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d + - "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
Zone 1D/2D)"3)
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 2) D
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
(is + xp)"2) (available soon) Zone 1D/2D)"3)
Electrical connection / cable entry • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
• Inner thread M20x1.5 B - "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C (is + xp)"2) (available soon)
• M12 connectors (metal) 4) F Electrical connection / cable entry
Display • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
6 • M12 connectors (metal) 4) F
• with visible digital indication, setting: mA
7 Display
• with customer-specific digital indication (setting
as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" • Without (digital display hidden) 1
required) • With visible digital display 6
• With customer-specific digital display (setting as 7
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
amplifiers".
Included in delivery of the device:
Included in delivery of the device: • Brief instructions (Leporello)
• Brief instructions (Leporello) • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
1)
1) Only with "Standard" process connection
Only with "Standard" process connection 2)
2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Without cable gland, with blanking plug. 3)
3) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug. 4)
4) Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
Cannot be used together with the following types of protection: "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
"Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. code.
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9 Sanitary process connection to DRD
Rating plate inscription • 50 mm, PN 40 M32 9 9 9
(instead of German) Sanitary process connection to
NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection
• English B11 9 9 9 certified to EHEDG
• French B12 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q05 9 9 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 16 Q06 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 • DN 80, PN 16 Q07 9 9 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 • DN 100, PN 16 Q08 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH2O or psi • DN 2“, PN 16 Q13 9 9 9
• DN 2½“, PN 16 Q14 9 9 9
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9
• DN 3“, PN 16 Q15 9 9 9
(calibration certificate)
• DN 4“, PN 16 Q16 9 9 9
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402
Sanitary process connection to
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 NEUMO Bio-Connect flange connection
To EN 10204-3.1 certified to EHEDG
• DN 50, PN 16 Q23 9 9 9
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 16 Q24 9 9 9
To EN 10204-2.2 • DN 80, PN 16 Q25 9 9 9
• DN 100, PN 16 Q26 9 9 9
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9
• DN 2“, PN 16 Q31 9 9 9
Flanges to EN 1092-1 • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q32 9 9 9
• DN 25, PN 40 M11 9 9 9 • DN 3“, PN 16 Q33 9 9 9
• DN 25, PN 100 M21 9 9 9 • DN 4“, PN 16 Q34 9 9 9
• DN 40, PN 40 M13 9 9 9
Sanitary process connection to
• DN 40, PN 100 M23 9 9 9 NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
• DN 50, PN 16 M04 9 9 9 certified to EHEDG
• DN 50, PN 40 M14 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q39 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 16 M06 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 10 Q40 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 40 M16 9 9 9 • DN 80, PN 10 Q41 9 9 9
Flanges to ASME B16.5 • DN 100, PN 10 Q42 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 1" class 150 M40 9 9 9 • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q48 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 1½" class 150 M41 9 9 9 • DN 3“, PN 10 Q49 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 2" class 150 M42 9 9 9 • DN 4“, PN 10 Q50 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 2" class 300 M47 9 9 9 Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
• Stainless steel flange 3" class 150 M43 9 9 9 Connect S flange connection
• Stainless steel flange 3" class 300 M48 9 9 9 certified to EHEDG
• Stainless steel flange 4" class 150 M44 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q63 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 4" class 300 M49 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 10 Q64 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 10 Q65 9 9 9
Threaded connection R04 9 9 9
• DN 100, PN 10 Q66 9 9 9
G 2“, flush-mounted
• DN 2“, PN 16 Q72 9 9 9
Tank connection R10 9 9 9 • DN 2½“, PN 10 Q73 9 9 9
TG 50/52, PN 40 • DN 3“, PN 10 Q74 9 9 9
• DN 4“, PN 10 Q75 9 9 9
Sanitary process connection according
1)
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection) The maximum temperatures of the medium depend on the respective cell
• DN 50, PN 25 N04 9 9 9 fillings.
• DN 80, PN 25 N06 9 9 9
Tri-Clamp connection according
DIN 32676/ISO 2852
• DN 50/2“, PN 16 N14 9 9 9
• DN 65/3“, PN 10 N15 9 9 9
Varivent connection
certified to EHEDG
• Type N = 68 for Varivent housing N28 9 9 9
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C1) P00 9 9 9
for version with front-flush diaphragm
Bio-Control (Neumo) sanitary connection
certified to EHEDG
• DN 50, PN 16 Q53 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN 16 Q54 9 9 9
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code.
Measuring range to be set Y01 9
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM oder %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
9 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
■ Dimensional drawings
2
DSSUR[
+ DSSUR[
6SDFHIRUURWDWLRQ
RIKRXVLQJ
3URFHVVFRQQHFWLRQVHHIODQJHWDEOHV
%ODQNLQJSOXJ
(OHFWULFDOFRQQHFWLRQ
VFUHZHGJODQG0[
VFUHZHGJODQG137
7HUPLQDOVLGH
(OHFWURQLFVVLGHGLJLWDOGLVSOD\ORQJHURYHUDOOOHQJWKIRUFRYHUZLWKZLQGRZ $OORZDSSUR[PPLQFK
3URWHFWLYHFRYHURYHUNH\V WKUHDGOHQJWKLQDGGLWLRQ
6FUHZFRYHUVDIHW\EUDFNHWRQO\IRUH[SORVLRQSURRIHQFORVXUH PPLQFKIRUPLQLPXPGLVWDQFH
QRWVKRZQLQWKHGUDZLQJ WRSHUPLWURWDWLRQZLWKLQGLFDWRU
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a NuG and pharmaceutical connections
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2. Connections to DIN
H1 = Height of the SITRANS DS III up to a defined cross-section DIN 11851 (Dairy connection)
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section DN PN ∅D H2
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges. 50 25 92 mm (3.6“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“)
80 25 127 mm (5.0“)
52 mm (2“)
+
(3.3“) 52 mm (2“)
ASME B16.5
DN class ∅D H2 '
1“ 150 110 mm (4.3“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“)
2“ 300 165 mm (6.5“) 65 16 120 mm (4.7“)
3“ 150 190 mm (7.5“)
3“ 300 210 mm (8.1“) '
4“ 150 230 mm (9.1“)
4“ 300 255 mm (10.0“)
2
Sanitary process connection to DRD Thread connection G2“ to DIN 3852
DN PN ∅D H2 DN PN ∅D H2
50 40 105 mm (4.1“) Approx. 2“ 63 78 mm (3.1“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“) 52 mm (2“)
+
'
'
65 16 105 mm (4.1“)
25 40 63 mm (2.5“) Approx.
80 16 115 mm (4.5“) 63 mm
(2.5“)
+
100 16 145 mm (5.7“)
'
2“ 16 82 mm (3.2“)
2½“ 16 105 mm (4.1“) '
3“ 16 105 mm (4.1“)
4“ 16 145 mm (5.7“)
65 16 140 mm (5.5“)
80 16 150 mm (5.9“)
' 100 16 175 mm (6.9“)
2“ 16 100 mm (3.9“)
2½“ 16 110 mm (4.3“)
3“ 16 140 mm (5.5“)
4“ 16 175 mm (6.9“)
80 10 106 mm (4.2“)
100 10 119 mm (4.7“)
'
2“ 16 64 mm (2.5“)
2½“ 16 77,4 mm (3.0“)
3“ 10 90,9 mm (3.6“)
4“ 10 119 mm (4.7“)
52 mm (2“)
65 10 145 mm (5.7“)
80 10 155 mm (6.1“)
'
100 10 180 mm (7.1“)
2“ 16 125 mm (4.9“)
2½“ 10 135 mm (5.3“)
3“ 10 145 mm (5.7“)
4“ 10 180 mm (7.1“)
■ Technical specifications
2 SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gage pressure series)
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. permissible test pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 6 bar a 250 mbar a 6 bar a
(0.12 ... 3.6 psi a) (87 psi a) (3.6 psi a) (87 psi a)
43 ... 1300 mbar a 10 bar a 1300 mbar a 10 bar a
(0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) (145 psi a) (18.9 psi a) (145 psi a)
160 ... 5000 mbar a 30 bar a 5 bar a 30 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) (435 psi a) (72.5 psi a) (435 psi a)
1 ... 30 bar a 100 bar a 30 bar a 100 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psi a) (1450 psi a) (435 psi a) (1450 psi a)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a (0 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0.1%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.1%/year
(±54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gage pressure series)
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec- -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference im- To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
munity
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Housing material Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. No. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar a (2320 psi a) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection Connection shank G½A to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange (PN 160
(MWP 2320 psi a)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Power supply UH Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail- - Yes
able
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gage pressure series)
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 99 ATEX 2122
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max.surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
- Identification Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
• Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
2
HART communication Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. 1)
For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute F) 7 M F 4 2 3 3 - 3)
pressure, from the pressure series DS III HART When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
77777 - 7777 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
cleaning 4)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
Silicone oil Standard 1 nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 with the corresponding seals.
5)
Not together with Electrical connection „Screwed gland Pg 13.5“ and
Span „Han7D plug“.
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D 6)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) F 7)
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
8)
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and type of protection
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H "Ex nA".
9)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
Wetted parts materials and explosion-proof"
Seal diaphragm Process connection
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version for diaphragm seal2)3)4) Y
Process connection
• Connection shank G½A to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
• Male thread M20 x 1,5 5
• Male thread ½-14 NPT 6
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"6) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)"7)
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"7)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 6)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.58) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector8)
• Plug M12 (metal)9) F
Display
• Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
• With visible digital indicator 6
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers".
Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
2/133.
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. 1)
For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute 3)
pressure (from the gage pressure series) When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) F) 7 M F 4 2 3 4 - order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 2 3 5 - 4)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
77777 - 7777 nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
with the corresponding seals.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell 5)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
cleaning 6)
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
Silicone oil Standard 1 7)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 and explosion-proof"
Nominal measuring range F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) D
1300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) F
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) G
30 bar a (435 psi a) H
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version as diaphragm seal2)3)4) Y
Process connection
• Connection shank G½A to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
• Male thread M20 x 1,5 5
• Male thread ½-14 NPT 6
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"5) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)"6)
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"6) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)"5)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector7) F
Display
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital indicator 6
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
2/133.
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Measuring range to be set Y01 9
bracket made of: Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
• Steel A01 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
Plug Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Y15: ...........................................
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Rating plate inscription
(instead of German) Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
• English B11 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
• French B12 9 9 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Note:
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
(calibration certificate)1) bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM oder %
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
To EN 10204-3.1
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9 9 9
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 non-pressure units Y01
To EN 10204-2.2 Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 (specification of measuring range in pressure
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9 units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9
22.0 mA Preset bus address Y25 9
Specify in plain text:
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 Y25: .....................
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
(not together with Han 7D / Han 8U plug,
Pg 13.5 screwed gland) 9 = available
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 1)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
(only together with the devices 7MF4233- ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
....0-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01). order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9 2)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
of oval flange with the corresponding seals.
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic
safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic
safety (EEx ia)")
Oxygen application E10 9 9 9
(max. 160 bar a (2320 psi a) with oxygen
measurement and inert liquid)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55 9 9 9
(China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
■ Dimensional drawings
2
15 55 4)
144 (5.67) (0.6) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
74 51 28 approx. 96 (3.78) 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
3 3
117 (4.6)
171 (6.7)
1) 8
237 (9.3)
1) 4
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
7
min. 77 (3.0) 5)
105 (4.1)
ø 50 ... 60
1 Process connection: (1.97 ... 2.36)
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½A or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter)2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
6 Protective cover over keys 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
7 Mounting bracket (option) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
8 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 4) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 5) Minimum distance for rotation
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
2 15 144 (5.67)
55
(0.6) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
74 51 28 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
117 (4.6)
171 (6.7)
1) 8
237 (9.3)
1) 4
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
7
min. 77 (3.0) 2)
105 (4.1)
ø 50 ... 60
1 Process connection: (1.97 ... 2.36)
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½A or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
7 Mounting bracket (option) 2) Minimum distance for rotating
8 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure, 3) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure".
not shown in the drawing) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA".
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working pres- Nominal measuring Maximum working pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. permissible working pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 32 bar a 250 mbar a 32 bar a
(0.12 ... 3.6 psi a) (464 psi a) (3.6 psi a) (464 psi a)
43 ... 1300 mbar a 32 bar a 1300 bar a 32 bar a
(0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) (464 psi a) (18.9 psi a) (464 psi a)
160 ... 5000 mbar a 32 bar a 5 bar a 32 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) (464 psi a) (72.5 psi a) (464 psi a)
1 ... 30 bar a 160 bar a 30 bar a 160 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psi a) (2320 psi a) (435 psi a) (2320 psi a)
5.3 ... 100 bar a 160 bar a 100 bar a 160 bar a
(77 ... 1450 psi a) (2320 psi a) (1450 psi a) (2320 psi a)
(for connection thread (for connection thread
7
M10 and /16-20 UNF in M10 and 7/16-20 UNF in
the process flanges) the process flanges)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a (0 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0.1%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2%
Long-term drift (temperature change ± 30 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.1%/year
(± 54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0.3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec- -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference im- To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
munity
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 4.5 kg (≈ 9.9 lb)
Housing material Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. No. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360,
tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 or Monel, mat. No. 2.4360
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi a) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection ¼-18 NPT and flange connection to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7
/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Power supply UH Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail- - Yes
able
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 99 ATEX 2122
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max.surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
- Identification Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
• Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
2
HART communication Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute F) 7 M F 4 3 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute F) 7 M F 4 3 3 3 -
pressure, from the differential pressure, pressure, from the differential pressure,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
series DS III HART series DS III HART
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Display
cleaning • Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
Silicone oil Standard 1 • With visible digital indicator 6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
Span as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) E) D Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) E) F amplifiers".
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) E) G Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H 2/133.
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE Included in delivery of the device:
Wetted parts materials • Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 1)
For oxygen applications, add Order code E10.
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 2)
Version 7MF4333-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
Hastelloy Hastelloy C 3)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
Tantalum Tantalum E ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Monel Monel E) H order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Gold Gold L accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
4)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
Version for diaphragm seal2)3)4) Y nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
Process connection with the corresponding seals.
5)
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a)". Position of the top vent
valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
• Sealing screw opposite process connection 6)
Not together with Electrical connection „Screwed gland Pg 13.5“ and
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 „Han7D plug“.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
8) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
• Vent on side of process flange5)
9)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and and type of
protection "Ex nA".
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6 10)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
Non-wetted parts materials and explosion-proof"
Process flange screws Electronics housing E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2 regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting6)
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"7) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 8)
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"8)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)"7)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.59) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector9)
• Plug M12 (metal)10) F
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute
pressure (from the differential pressure series) pressure (from the differential pressure series)
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) F) 7 M F 4 3 3 4 - DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) F) 7 M F 4 3 3 4 -
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 3 3 5 - DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 3 3 5 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Display
cleaning • Without (digital display hidden) 1
Silicone oil Standard 1 • With visible digital indicator 6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
Nominal measuring range as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) E) D Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
1300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) E) F 2/133.
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) E) G Included in delivery of the device:
30 bar a (435 psi a) H • Brief instructions (Leporello)
100 bar a (1450 psi a) KE • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Wetted parts materials
1)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2)
Version 7MF4334-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 3)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
Hastelloy Stainless steel B ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Hastelloy Hastelloy C order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Tantalum Tantalum E 4)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
Monel Monel E) H nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
Gold Gold L with the corresponding seals.
5)
Version as diaphragm seal2)3)4) Y Not for nominal measuring range 100 bar a (1450 psi a). Position of the top
vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
Process connection 6)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection 7) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
8)
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof".
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
• Vent on side of process flange5)
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"6) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)"7)
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"7) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)"6)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• M12 Connector (metall)8) F
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55 9 9 9
bracket made of: (China)
• Steel A01 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
O-rings for process flanges NEPSI (China)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
Plug Vent on side for gas measurements H02 9 9 9
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Process flange
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 • Hastelloy K01 9 9 9
Sealing screws A40 9 9 9 • Monel K02 9 9 9
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 9 9 9
flanges max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi),
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on
Rating plate inscription the side in the middle of the process flange,
(instead of German) vent valve not possible
• English B11 9 9 9 Additional data
• French B12 9 9 9
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 code.
• Italian B14 9 9 9
Measuring range to be set Y01 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
(calibration certificate)1)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Y15: ...........................................
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
To EN 10204-3.1 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Y16: ...........................................
To EN 10204-2.2 Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 units
22.0 mA Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Note:
Hastelloy and stainless steel) The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
(not together with Han 7D/Han 8U plug, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM oder %
cable gland PG 13.5) *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
(only together with the devices 7MF4333- non-pressure units Y01
....2-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01) Specify in plain text:
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9
(specification of measuring range in pressure
(1 item), PTFE packing and stainless steel
units "Y01" is essential, unit with
screws in thread of process flange
max. 5 characters)
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9
Preset bus address Y25 9
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic
Specify in plain text:
safety (EEx ia)")
Y25: .....................
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic
safety (EEx ia)") 9 = available
Oxygen application E10 9 9 9 1)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
(max. 160 bar a (2320 psi a) with oxygen ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
measurement and inert liquid) order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9 2)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
INMETRO (Brazil) nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) with the corresponding seals.
■ Dimensional drawings
2
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) approx. 30 (1.2) 5) 100 (3.94)
51 6 2
(2.0)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
198 (7.8)
8
1
of housing
134 (5.27)
96 (3.8)
11
approx. 96 (3.78) 52 (2.05)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
ø 50 ... 60
72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter) 2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
9 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard) 4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 5) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67)
51
approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94) 2
6 2
(2.0)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
198 (7.8)
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
ø 50 ... 60
72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronic side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure,
not shown in the drawing) 2) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard) 3) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA"
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
■ Technical specifications
2 SITRANS P, DS III series, for differential pressure and flow
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working pres- Nominal measuring Maximum working pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. permissible working pressure
1 ... 20 mbar 32 bar 20 mbar g 32 bar
(0.4015 ... 8.031 inH2O) (464 psi) (8.031 inH2O) (464 psi)
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 60 mbar 160 bar
(0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) (2320 psi) (24.09 inH2O) (2320 psi)
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar
(1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) (100.4 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
(2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) (240.9 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
(6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) (642.4 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar 5 bar
(20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) (2008 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi) (435 psi)
2.5 ... 250 mbar 420 bar 250 mbar 420 bar
(1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) (6091 psi) (100.4 inH2O) (6091 psi)
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
(2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) (240.9 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
(6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) (642.4 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar 5 bar
(20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) (2008 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi) (435 psi)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. span (-33% with 30 bar (435 psi) measuring cell or 30 mbar a (0.44 psi))
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span (for oxygen version and inert filling liquid; max. 160 bar g (2320 psi g))
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
• Square-root characteristic (flow > 50%) ≤ 0,1%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0,1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0,2%
2
SITRANS P, DS III series, for differential pressure and flow
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Square-root characteristic (flow 25 ... 50%) ≤ 0,2
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0,2% -
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0,4% -
Long-term drift (temperature change ± 30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ (0.25% every 5 years
(± 54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g)
• 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell ≤ (0.2 ⋅ r) per year ≤ 0.2 per year
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F) (Twice the value with 20-mbar (0.29 psi)
measuring cell)
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per 100 bar (1450 psi) ≤ 0.15% je 100 bar (1450 psi)
- 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per 32 bar (464 psi) ≤ 0.15% je 32 bar (464 psi)
• on the span ≤ 0.2% je 100 bar (1450 psi) -
- 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell ≤ 0.2% je 32 bar (464 psi) -
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec- -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 4.5 kg (≈ 9.9 lb)
Housing material Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. No. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360,
tantalum or gold
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/ -20 UNF to EN 61518
16
Power supply UH Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail. - Yes
2
SITRANS P, DS III series, for differential pressure and flow
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC)
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with basic safety requirements of
Article 3, paragraph 1 (appendix 1); assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord.
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 99 ATEX 2122
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max.surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
- Identification Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
• Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
2
HART communication Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 4 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 4 3 3 -
tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi)
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Display
cleaning • without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) } 1
Silicone oil Standard } 1 • With visible digital indication 6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
Span as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
PN 32 (MWP 464 psi) } Available ex stock
1 ... 20 mbar2) (0.4015 ... 8.03 inH2O) } B Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) amplifiers".
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) } C Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) } D 2/133.
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) } E Included in delivery of the device:
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) } F • Brief instructions (Leporello)
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) } G • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) } H
1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Wetted parts materials
2) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
(stainless steel process flanges)
the process flanges (see dimensional drawing).
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 3)
Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A (100.4, 240.9, 2008 inH2O and 435 psi)
4)
Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Hastelloy Hastelloy F) C order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Tantalum3) Tantalum E accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Monel3) Monel F) H 5)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
Gold3) Gold L nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
with the corresponding seals.
Version for diaphragm seal4) 5) Y 6)
Not together with Electrical connection „Screwed gland Pg 13.5“ and
Process connection „Han7D plug“.
7)
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Without cable gland, with blanking plug
8)
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
• Sealing screw opposite process connection 9)
Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and and type of
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 } 0 protection "Ex nA".
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 10)
Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
• Vent on side of process flange 2) "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium } 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting 6)
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, } 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"7) F) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) P
enclosure (EEx ia + EEx d)"8)
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure } R
and dust explosion protection F)
(EEx ia + EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"8)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) NC
(is + xp)"7)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.59) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 } B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating F) D
connector10)
• M12 connectors (metal)10) F
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters SITRANS P pressure transmitters
for differential pressure and flow for differential pressure and flow
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi)
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 4 3 4 - DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 4 3 4 -
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 4 3 5 - DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 4 3 5 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Electrical connection / cable entry
cleaning • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • M12 connectors (metal)8) F
Nominal measuring range Display
PN 32 (MWP 464 psi) • Without (digital display hidden) 1
20 mbar2) (8.03 inH2O) B • With visible digital indication 6
PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) • With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
60 mbar (24.09 inH2O) C as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D Included in delivery of the device:
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E • Brief instructions (Leporello)
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H 1)
For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
Wetted parts materials
the process flanges (see dimensional drawing).
(stainless steel process flanges) 3)
Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell (100.4, 240.9, 2008 inH2O and 435 psi).
4)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Hastelloy Hastelloy F) C accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
5)
Tantalum3) Tantalum E Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
Monel2) Monel F) H nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
with the corresponding seals.
Gold2) Gold L 6)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Version as diaphragm seal4) 5) Y 7)
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
8)
Process connection Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
"Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof".
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
• Venting on side of process flanges2)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"6) F) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) P
enclosure (EEx ia + EEx d)"7)
- "n (Zone 2)" (planned) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure F) R
and dust explosion protection (EEx ia +
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) NC
(is + xp)"6)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Oxygen application E10 9 9 9
bracket made of: (max. 160 bar (2320 psi) with oxygen
• Steel A01 9 9 9 measurement and inert liquid)
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
O-rings for process flanges INMETRO (Brazil)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55 9 9 9
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 (China)
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
Plug NEPSI (China)
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
Sealing screws A40 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9 Vent on side for gas measurements H02 9 9 9
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03 9 9 9
• English B11 9 9 9 differential pressure lines
• French B12 9 9 9 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)3)
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Process flange
• Italian B14 9 9 9 • Hastelloy K01F) 9 9 9
English rating plate (calibration certificate) B21 9 9 9 • Monel K02F) 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH2O or psi • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 9 9 9
max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi),
Manufacturer's test certificate M1) C11 9 9 9 max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 the side in the middle of the process flange,
To EN 10 204-3.1 vent valve not possible
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 9 = available
To EN 10 204-2.2
1)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2)
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-con-
22.0 mA nected diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered
with the corresponding seals.
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 3)
Not suitable for connection of remote seal
(only together with seal diaphragm made of
Hastelloy and stainless steel) F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Measuring range to be set
Specify in plain text:
• With linear characteristic (max. 5 digits): Y01 9
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• With square-rooted characteristic (max. 5 Y02 9
digits):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
Max. 16 char., specify in plain text: Y15: .......
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM oder %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indicator in Y221) 9
non-pressure units +
Specify in plain text: Y01 or
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Preset bus address Y25 9
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
9 = available
1)
Not together with over-filling safety device for flammable and
non-flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 5 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 5 3 3 -
tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi)
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Display
cleaning • without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
Silicone oil Standard 1 • With visible digital indication 6
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
Span as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers".
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H is extra ordering item)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. 1)
Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 3)
tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
4)
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety
and explosion-proof"
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 5 3 4 -
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 5 3 5 -
1 7777 - 7777
Nominal measuring range
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B
Gold1) Gold L
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 3
• Venting on side of process flanges. Position of
the top vent valve in the process flanges (see
dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 7
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"2) F) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) P
enclosure (EEx ia + EEx d)"3)
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure F) R
and dust explosion protection (EEx ia +
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"3) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) NC
(is + xp)"2), max PN 360
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector4) F
Display
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital indicator 6
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
2/133.
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
bracket made of: NEPSI (China)
• Steel A01 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
O-rings for process flanges (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
(instead of FPM (Viton))
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 Stainless steel process flanges for H03 9 9 9
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9 vertical differential pressure lines
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Additional data
Plug Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 code.
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Measuring range to be set
Sealing screws A40 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process • With linear characteristic (max. 5 digits): Y01 9 9
flanges Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• With square-rooted characteristic (max. 5 Y02 9 9
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9
digits):
Rating plate inscription Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
(instead of German) Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
• English B11 9 9 9 Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• French B12 9 9 9 Y15: ...........................................
• Spanish B13 9 9 9
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Y16: ...........................................
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
(calibration certificate) Y17: ...........................................
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 units
To EN 10204-3.1 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Note:
To EN 10204-2.2 The following pressure units can be selected:
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9 kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
22.0 mA Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 non-pressure units Y01 or
Specify in plain text: Y02
(only together with seal diaphragm made of
Hastelloy and stainless steel) Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
(not together with Han 7D / Han 8U plug, max. 5 characters)
Pg 13.5 screwed gland)
Preset bus address Y25 9
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
(only together with the devices 7MF4533- Y25: .....................
....2-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01)
Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9
9 = available
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E55 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
■ Dimensional drawings
2
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) approx. 30 (1.2) 5) 100 (3.94)
51 6 2
(2.0)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
198 (7.8)
8
1
of housing
134 (5.27)
96 (3.8)
11
approx. 96 (3.78) 52 (2.05)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
ø 50 ... 60
72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter) 2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
9 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard) 4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 5) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
2 15
(0.6) 144 (5.67)
51
approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
6 2
(2.0)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
198 (7.8)
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
ø 50 ... 60
72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronic side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure,
not shown in the drawing) 2) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard) 3) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA"
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67)
approx. 30 (1.18)8)
100 (3.94)
2
51 approx. 96 (3.78) 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
3 3
4 1)
of housing
approx. 85
(3.35)6)
+ 8
8
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, di-
mensions in mm (inch)
2 15
(0.6) 144 (5.67)
approx 30 (1.18)6)
100 (3.94)
51 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
diam. 80
(3.15)
3
4 1)
of housing
85 (3.35)4)
approx.
+
8 8
3) approx.
67 (2.64)
84,6 (3.33)
1 Process connection ¼-18 NPT (EN 61 518) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
2 Blanking plug 2) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation
3 Electrical connection: without indicator
screwed gland M20x1.5, 3) 74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 4) 91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
PROFIBUS plug M12 5) 219 mm (8.62 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
4 Terminal side 6) Approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch) for Pg 13.5 with adapter
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure,
not shown in the drawing)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines,
dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III FF series for differential pressure and flow, with digital indicator beside control keys, dimensions in mm (inch)
■ Technical specifications
2 SITRANS P, DS III series for level
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Level
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working Nominal measuring Maximum working
nominal measuring range and pressure range pressure
max. permissible working pressure
25 ... 250 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 250 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(0.36 ... 3.63 psi g) (3.63 psi g)
25 ... 600 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 600 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(0.36 ... 8.7 psi g) (8.7 psi g)
53 ... 1600 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 1600 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(0.77 ... 23.2 psi g) (23.2 psi g)
160 ... 5000 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 5000 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(2.32 ... 72.5 psi g) (72.5 psi g)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. span or 30 mbar (0.435 psi a), depending on mounting flange
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally -
set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0,023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil fill-
ing, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0,15%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0,3%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.0075 ⋅ r + 0.075)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ (0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g)
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
- 250-mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.5 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ 0,7%
(0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 30)
- 600-mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.3 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ 0,5%
(0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 30)
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r + 0.2)% (0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 0,45%
measuring cells ≤ 30)
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
- 250 mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.4%/10 K
double values with 10 < r ≤ 30
- 600 mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.3%/10 K
double values with 10 < r ≤ 30
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.12 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.27%/10 K
measuring cells double values with 10 < r ≤ 30
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for level
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point
- 250 mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.3 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.3% per nominal pressure
- 600 mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.15% per nominal pressure
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.1% per nominal pressure
measuring cells
• on the span ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.1% per nominal pressure
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature Note: Always take into account assignment of max. permissible working temperature to max. per-
missible working pressure of the respective flange connection!
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- High-pressure side pabs ≥ 1bar: -40 ... +175 °C (-40 ... +347 °F)
pabs ≥ 1bar: -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Low-pressure side -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) in conjunction with dust explosion protection
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immu- To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
nity
Design
Weight (without options)
• To EN (pressure transmitter with mounting ≈ 11 ... 13 kg (≈ 24.2 ... 28.7 lb)
flange, without tube)
• To ASME (pressure transmitter with mounting ≈ 11 ... 18 kg (≈ 24.2 ... 39.7 lb)
flange, without tube)
Wetted parts materials Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. No. 1.4408
Housing material
High-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm of mounting flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360, Hastelloy B2, mat. No. 2.4617,
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610, tantalum, PTFE, ECTFE
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7
/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Power supply UH Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes
2
SITRANS P, DS III series for level
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3,
directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 99 ATEX 2122
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max.surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
- Identification Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
• Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
2
HART communication Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit - 3 inch Class 150, class 300
and one alarm limit respectively - 4 inch Class 150, class 300
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. 1)
Not together with Electrical connection „Screwed gland Pg 13.5“ and
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for level 7MF 4 6 3 3 - „Han7D plug“.
2)
series DS III HART Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
77 Y77 - 7777 3) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
4)
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and type of protection
cleaning "Ex nA".
5)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
Silicone oil Standard 1 and explosion-proof"
Span F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
25 ... 250 mbar (0.363 ... 3.63 psi) D
25 ... 600 mbar (0.363 ... 8.70 psi) E
53 ... 1600 mbar (0.77 ... 23.2 psi) F
0.16 ... 5 bar (2.32 ... 72.5 psi) G
Process connection of low-pressure side
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting1)
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"2) F) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) P
enclosure (EEx ia + EEx d)"3)
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure F) R
and dust explosion protection (EEx ia +
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"3)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) NC
(is + xp)"2)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.54) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating F) D
connector4)
• M12 connectors (metal)5) F
Display
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
• With visible digital indication 6
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
Ordering information:
1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4633-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-3...
Ordering example:
Item line 1: 7MF4633-1EY20-1AA1-Z
B line: Y01
C line: Y01: 80 to 143 mbar (1.16 to 2.1 psi)
Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers".
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS P pressure transmitter Further designs HART PA FF
for level
Add "-Z" to Order No. and
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 6 3 4 - specify Order code.
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 6 3 5 - O-rings for process flanges on
low-pressure side
1 7 Y77 - 7777
(instead of FPM (Viton))
Nominal measuring range • PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9
250 mbar (3.63 psi) D • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9
600 mbar (8.70 psi) E • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9
1600 mbar (23.2 psi) F • NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9
5 bar (72.5 psi) G
Plug
Process connection of low-pressure side • Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection • Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
Sealing screws
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process A40 9 9 9
Non-wetted parts materials flanges
Process flange screws Electronics housing Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2 Rating plate inscription
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 (instead of German)
casting
• English B11 9 9 9
Version • French B12 9 9 9
• Standard version 1 • Spanish B13 9 9 9
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 • Italian B14 9 9 9
documentation in 5 languages on CD
English rating plate B21 9 9 9
Explosion protection Pressure units in inH2O or psi
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection: Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"1) F) D Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof e F) P To EN 10204-3.1
nclosure (EEx ia + EEx d)"2)
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9
- "Ex nA/nL (zone2)" E
To EN 10204-2.2
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure F) R
and dust explosion protection (EEx ia + "Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"2) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: "PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof F) NC Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9
(is + xp)"2) 22.0 mA
Electrical connection / cable entry Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B (not together with PROFIBUS plug M12)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector3) F Supplied with oval flange D37F) 9 9 9
(1 item), PTFE packing and stainless steel
Display screws in thread of process flange
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
Use on zone 1D / 2D E01 9 9 9
• With visible digital indication 6
(only together with type of protection
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7 "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
Ordering information:
1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4634-... (only together with type of protection
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-... "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order No.Ord. code
Additional data HART PA FF Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2 -
Add "-Z" to Order No. and Directly mounted on the 3 7777 777
specify Order code. SITRANS P pressure transmitter (converter part)
for level, for DS III series
Measuring range to be set Y01 9
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Connection acc. to EN 1092-1
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi Nom. diam. Nom. press.
Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9 DN 80 PN 40 D
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text: DN 100 PN 16 G
Y15: ........................................... PN 40 H
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9 Connection acc. to ASME B16.5
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text: Nom. diam. Nom. press.
Y16: ........................................... 3 inch Class 150 Q
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9 Class 300 R
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text: 4 inch Class 150 T
Y17: ........................................... Class 300 U
Other version, add
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9 Z J1Y
Order code and plain text:
units
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ... Wetted parts materials
Note: • Stainless steel 316L A
The following pressure units can be selected: - Coated with PFA D
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*), - Coated with PTFE E0
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, - Coated with ECTFE1) F
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy B2, mat. No. 2.4617 H
Setting of pressure indicator in Y221) 9
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
non-pressure units + Y01
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U
Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... • Tantalum K
(specification of measuring range in Other version, add Z K1Y
pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with Order code and plain text:
max. 5 characters) material of parts in contact with the medium: ...
Preset bus address Y25 9 Sealing face, see "Technical specifications"
Specify in plain text (standard setting: 126) Tube length
Y25: ........................................... • Without 0
Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset • 50 mm (1.97 inch) 1
9 = available • 100 mm (3.94 inch) 2
• 150 mm (5.90 inch) 3
1)
Not together with over-filling safety device for flammable and • 200 mm (7.87 inch) 4
non-flammable liquids (Order code "E08") Other version: add 9 L1Y
Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ...
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for O2 measurements) 4
• Glycerin / water2) 6
• Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
Other version, add 9 M1 Y
Order code and plain text:
filling liquid: ...
1) For vacuum on request
2) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA and
Add "-Z" to Order No. and FF
specify Order code.
Flame flashover lock-out A01 9 9
For mounting on zone 0 (including documen-
tation)
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9
To EN 10204-3.1
Vacuum-proof design V04 9 9
(for use in low-pressure range)
Calculation of span of associated Y05 9 9
pressure transmitter
(enclose filled-in questionnaire with order)
Note:
suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter!
9 = available
■ Dimensional drawings
2
approx. 30 (1.18)5)
185
15
100 (3.94) 144 (5.67) (0.6)
6 51
(2.0) 74 (2.9)
2
3
51)
165 (6.5)
L 77 (3)4)
9
d4
d5
D
k
3 1 54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 72 1) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
DN 100 PN 40 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8 150 or 200
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
Connection to ASME B16.5
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
lb/sq.in. inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
3 inch 150 0.94 7.5 0.75 5 3 2.81 1) 0.06 6 4 0, 2, 3.94, 5.94 or 7.87
(23.8) (190.5) (19.0) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (152.4) (0, 50, 100, 150 or 200)
300 1.12 8.25 0.87 5 3 2.81 1) 0.06 6.69 8
(28.6) (209.5) (22.2) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (168.3)
4 inch 150 0.94 9 0.75 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.5 8
(23.8) (228.5) (19.0) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (190.5)
300 1.25 10 0.87 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.88 8
(31.7) (254) (22.2) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (200)
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690 1) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0.
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
approx. 30 (1.18)
185 2
15
100 (3.94) 144 (5.67) (0.6)
6 51
(2.0) 74 (2.9)
2
3
51)
165 (6.5)
L 77 (3)4)
9
d4
d5
D
k
1 54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 721) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
DN 100 PN 40 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
■ Overview
2
Structural design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 120 x 60 (3.15 x 4.72 x 2.36)
(inch)
Electrical connection Screw terminals (Pg 13.5 cable
inlet) or Han 7D / Han 8U plug
Power supply
Supply voltage 230 V AC (-10 ... +6%,
47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 6 VA) or
24 V AC/DC (24 V AC ± 10%,
47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 3 VA)
Permissible ripple (within the speci- Approx. 2.5 Vpp
fied limits)
■ Dimensional drawings
■ Technical specifications SITRANS P pressure transmitters with supplementary electronics for four-
wire connection, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P, supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection
Output ■ Schematics
Output signal 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
Load Max. 750 Ω Terminals 1 2 3 4 5 6
+ -
Voltage measurement Linear (square-rooting in transmit-
ter if necessary) I U SL
a H
Electrical isolation Between power supply and input/
output 6 7 SL
1 HAN 8U/7D plug
Measuring accuracy To EN 60770-1 5 1 2
Conformity error (in addition to ≤ 0.15% of set span 4 3
transmitter)
+ Ia - UH
Influence of ambient temperature ≤ 0.1% per 10 K
Power supply effect ≤ 0.1% per 10% change in volt- 6 7 6 7 SL
age or frequency 2 plugs 5 1 2 5 1 2
Load effect ≤ 0.1% per 100% change 4 3 4 3
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F) + Ia - UH
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) AC 230 V Han 7D Han 7D
UC 24 V Han 7D Han 8U
Degree of protection IP54 to EN 60529
Ia Output current SL Protective earth conductor UH Power supply
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 50081, EN 50082
(EMC)
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection, connection diagram
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire V77
connection
Order No. of the transmitter
7MF4.33-.....-1AA. add "-Z" and Order code.
Power supply Electrical connection
24 V AC/DC Terminals; 2 Pg screwed 1
glands, to left
2 Han 7D/Han 8U plugs 3
incl. mating connector, to left
1 Han 7D plug incl. mating 5
connector, angled
Terminals; 1 Pg screwed 6
gland, downwards
1 Han 8U plug incl. mating 9
connector, downwards
(observe arrangement of
plug and differential pressure
line)
230 V AC Terminals; 2 Pg screwed 7
glands, to left
2 Han 7D plugs incl. mating 8
connector, to left
Output current
0 ... 20 mA 0
4 ... 20 mA 1
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Replacement measuring cell for pressure 7MF 4 9 9 0 - Replacement measuring cell for absolute F) 7 M F 4 9 9 2 -
for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series pressure (from the pressure series)
7777 0 - 0 DC 0
for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series 7 7 7 7 0 - 0 D C 0
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1 Silicone oil Standard 1
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Inert liquid Grease-free 3
Measured span Measured span
0.01 ... 1 bar g (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) B 8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C 43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) F
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D 0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) E 1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
1.6 ... 160 bar g (23.2 ... 2320 psi g) F
4.0 ... 400 bar g (58.0 ... 5802 psi g) G Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B
Hastelloy Hastelloy F) C Process connection
• Connection shank G½A to EN 837-1 0
Process connection • Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Connection shank G½A to EN 837-1 0 • Oval flange made of stainless steel,
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
• Oval flange made of stainless steel, - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
max. span 160 bar (2320 psi) - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 Further designs Order code
Further designs Order code Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code. Acceptance test certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Acceptance test certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1 F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Spare parts / Accessories Spare parts / Accessories
Replacement measuring cell for absolute pres- F) 7 M F 4 9 9 3 - Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 4 -
sure (from the differential pressure series) for pressure and PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1 Silicone oil Standard 1
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Inert liquid Grease-free 3
Measured span Measured span
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) E) D PN 32 (MWP 464 psi)
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) E) F 1 ... 20 mbar1) (0.4015 ... 8.03 inH2O) B
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) E) G PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi)
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H 1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) C
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE 2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
Wetted parts materials 6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Hastelloy Hastelloy C Wetted parts materials
Tantalum Tantalum E (stainless steel process flanges)
Monel Monel E) H Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Gold Gold L
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Process connection Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Hastelloy Hastelloy F) C
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Tantalum2) Tantalum E
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 Monel2) Monel F) H
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 Gold2) Gold L
• Vent on side of process flange 1)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6 Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
Non-wetted parts materials - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
Further designs Order code • Vent on side of process flange
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
Order code. - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
O-rings for process flanges Non-wetted parts materials
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Stainless steel process flange screws 2
• PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22
• NBR (Buna N) A23 O-rings for process flanges
(instead of FPM (Viton))
Acceptance test certificate C12
• PTFE (Teflon) A20
to EN 10204-3.1
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
Process connection G½A D16 • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22
Remote seal flanges D20 • NBR (Buna N) A23
(not together with K01, K02 and K04) Acceptance test certificate C12
Vent on side for gas measurements H02 to EN 10204-3.1
Process flanges Remote seal flanges D20
• without K00 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
• with process flange made of Vent on side for gas measurements H02
- Hastelloy K01
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
- Monel K02 differential pressure lines
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F) Process flanges
1)
• without K00
Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar (76.9 ... 1450 psi)"
• with process flange made of
E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export - Hastelloy F) K01
regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N. - Monel F) K02
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N. - Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04
max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
1) Not suitable for connection of remote seal
2)
Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(3.63, 23.2, 72.5 and 435 psi).
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Spare parts / Accessories Spare parts / Accessories
Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 5 - Replacement measuring cell for level 7MF 4 9 9 6 -
pressure and PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) for for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
DS III FF series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Silicone oil Standard 1
Silicone oil Standard 1
Rated measuring range
Measured span 250 mbar (3.63 psi) D
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D 600 mbar (8.70 psi) E
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E 1600 mbar (23.2 psi) F
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F 5 bar (72.5 psi) G
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
Wetted parts materials
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
(stainless steel process flanges)
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
(stainless steel process flanges)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Process connection of low-pressure side
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange
Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B connection
Gold1) Gold L • Sealing screw opposite process connection
Process connection - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Non-wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1
7
- Mounting thread /16-20 UNF to EN 61518 3 Further designs Order code
• Vent on side of process flange Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5 code.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Spare parts / Accessories Sealing screws
Mounting bracket and mounting parts (1 set = 2 off) for process flange
for pressure transmitters • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
MKII series (7MF4010-.....-1.C.) • made of Hastelloy F) 7MF4997-1CH
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series Vent valves complete (1 set = 2 off)
(7MF403.-.....-..C.)
for absolute pressure transmitters • made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1CP
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • made of Hastelloy F) 7MF4997-1CQ
(7MF423.-.....-..C.) Electronics
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB • for DS III series 7MF4997-1DK
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AH • for DS III PA series 7MF4997-1DL
Mounting bracket and mounting parts • for DS III FF series 7MF4997-1DM
for pressure transmitters Connection board
MKII series (7MF4010-.....-1.A., -1.B. and -
1.D.) • for DS III series 7MF4997-1DN
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • for DS III PA and DS III FF series 7MF4997-1DP
(7MF403.-.....-..A., -..B. and -..D.) O-rings for process flanges made of
for absolute pressure transmitters
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • FPM (Viton) F) 7MF4997-2DA
(7MF423.-.....-..A., -..B. and -..D.) • PTFE (Teflon) F) 7MF4997-2DB
• Made of steel 7MF4997-1AC • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) F) 7MF4997-2DC
• Made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1AJ • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) F) 7MF4997-2DD
• NBR (Buna N) F) 7MF4997-2DE
Mounting bracket and mounting parts
for differential pressure transmitters with flange Weldable sockets for PMC connection
thread M10 for DS III and P300 series
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½“ 7MF4997-2HA
(7MF433.-... and 7MF443.-...) • PMC Style Mini bolt: front-flush 1“ 7MF4997-2HB
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD
Sealing rings for PMC connection
• made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1AK (packing unit: 5 pcs)
Mounting bracket and mounting parts • Sealing ring made of PTFE for PMC Style F) 7MF4997-2HC
for differential pressure transmitters with flange Standard: Thread 1½"
thread M12 • Sealing ring made of Viton for PMC Style F) 7MF4997-2HD
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series Minibolt: front-flush 1“
(7MF453.-...)
Welding adapter for PMC connection
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE to prevent the weldable socket to warp during
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AL welding, for:
Mounting bracket and mounting parts • PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½“ 7MF4997-2HE
for differential and absolute pressure trans- • PMC Style Mini bolt: front-flush 1“ 7MF4997-2HF
mitters with flange thread 7/16-20 UNF Mounting bracket and mounting parts
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series for P300
(7MF433.-..., 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...)
• Made of stainless steel 7MF8997-1AA
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AM Lid without window for P300
• Gasket not included 7MF8997-1BA
Cover
Made of die-cast aluminium, including gasket, Lid with glass window for P300
for MK II, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • Gasket not included 7MF8997-1BD
• without window F) 7MF4997-1BB NBR housing gasket for P300 7MF8997-1BG
• with window } 7MF4997-1BE
F) Measuring point label for P300
• Unlabeled 7MF8997-1CA
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket, Cable gland for P300
for DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • Metal F) 7MF8997-1EA
• without window F) 7MF4997-1BC • Plastic (blue) F) 7MF8997-1EB
• with window F) 7MF4997-1BF } Available ex stock
Analog indicator F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
• Scale 0 ... 100% 7MF4997-1BN
• Customer-specific scale divisions as speci- 7MF4997-1BP-Z
fied in plain text Y20: ................
Digital indicator
Including mounting material 7MF4997-1BR
for DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
Measuring-point label
• without inscription (5 off) 7MF4997-1CA
• with inscription (1 off) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15 and Y16 Y..: ................
(see "SITRANS P pressure transmitters")
Mounting screws 7MF4997-1CD
for measuring-point label, earthing and con-
nection terminals or for digital indicator (50 off)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Instruction Manual1)
• for MK II series
- German, English C73000-B5674-C100
- French, Spanish, Italian C73000-B5650-C100
• for P300 series with HART communication
- German A5E00359580
- English A5E00359579
- French A5E00359578
- Spanish A5E00359576
- Italian A5E00359577
- Leporello German/English A5E00359581
• for P300 series with PROFIBUS PA communi-
cation
- German A5E00414587
- English A5E00414588
- French A5E00414589
- Spanish A5E00414590
- Italian A5E00414591
- Leporello German/English A5E00414592
• for DS III series
- German A5E00047090
- English A5E00047092
- French A5E00053218
- Spanish A5E00053219
- Italian A5E00053220
• for DS III PA series
- German A5E00053275
- English A5E00053276
- French A5E00053277
- Spanish A5E00053278
- Italian A5E00053279
• for DS III FF series
- German A5E00279627
- English (planned) A5E00279629
- French (planned) A5E00279630
- Spanish (planned) A5E00279632
- Italian (planned) A5E00279631
Brief instructions (Leporello)
• for DS III series, German, English A5E00047093
• for DS III PA series, German, English A5E00053274
• for DS III FF series, German, English A5E00282355
CD with documentation D) A5E00090345
for MK II, P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF
series
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish
Instruction Manual
for replacement of electronics, measuring cell
and connection board
• German/English A5E00078060
HART modem
• with RS232 interface } 7MF4997-1DA
D)
• with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
D)
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connec- see page 2/126
tion
} Available ex stock
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and input isola-
tors".
1) You can download the Instruction Manuals free-of-charge from the Internet
site www.siemens.com/sitransp.
■ Overview The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
SITRANS P transmitters
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold.
The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are
2
• P300 for relative and absolute pressure, sealed with PTFE sealing rings between the transmitter and the
• DS III for relative and absolute pressure (both designs) and valve manifold.
• DS III for differential pressure Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
leaks and is certified leak-proof with a factory certificate to
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds: EN 10204 - 2.2.
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for relative
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the re-
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters
spective mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
• 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds for abso- the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
lute pressure and differential pressure transmitters
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
■ Design tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with gaskets the transmitter.
made of PTFE between transmitter and the valve manifold as If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN10204 when
standard. Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a
available for sealing purposes if preferred. separate certificate is provided for the transmitters and the valve
manifolds respectively.
■ Dimensional drawings
2 Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P DS III
Valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA with mounted relative pressure and abso- Valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA with mounted relative pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA with mounted relative pressure and abso- Valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA with mounted relative pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA with mounted differential pressure trans- Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA with mounted differential pressure trans-
mitter mitter
5
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
5
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
Valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA with mounted relative pressure and abso- Valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA with mounted relative pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA with mounted relative pressure and abso- Valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA with mounted relative pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm
■ Overview
2
Sensor
U
const.
Diaphragm
U EM +2 (brown) I , U
p I -1 (blue) 0 B
Vent pipe
Screen
■ Design
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, have a flush-
mounted piezo-resistive sensor with stainless steel diaphragm.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing.
The cable also contains a strength cord and vent pipe.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
protective cap.
The sensor, electronic circuit and cable are sealed in a common Junction box 7MF1570-8AA, opened
housing of small dimensions.
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.
■ Function
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, are for measuring
the liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels and dams.
2
Long-term stability
Zero and span
• 1 ... 6 mH2O (3 ... 18 ftH2O) 0,25% of full-scale value/year
• ≥ 6 mH2O (≥ 18 ftH2O) 0.2% of full-scale value/year
Rated operating conditions
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (+14 ... +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
Degree of protection to IP68
DIN EN 60529
Design
Weight
• Pressure transmitters ≈ 0.4 kg (≈ 0.88 lb)
• Cable 0.08 kg/m (≈ 0.054 lb/ft)
Electrical connection Cable with 2 conductors with
screen and vent pipe, strength
cord (max. 300 N (67.44 lbf)
Material
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316 Ti
• Casing Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316 Ti
• Gasket Viton
• Connecting cable Optionally
PE/HFFR sheath (non-halogen)
or
FEP sheath
Power supply
Measuring point setup, in principle Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 10 ... 36 V DC
mitter (UB)
■ Technical specifications Certificate and approvals
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series (submersible sensor) The transmitter is not subject to the pressure equipment directive
(DGRL 97/23/EC)
Mode of operation
Explosion protection
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
• Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2004X
Input
- Identification Ex II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Maximum working pressure
• 0 ... 2 mH2O (0 ... 6 ftH2O) • 1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds Junction box
to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O)) Application For connecting the transmitter
• 0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O) • 1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds cable
to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O)) Design
• 0 ... 5 mH2O (0 ... 15 ftH2O) • 1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O))
Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 ... 18 AWG)
• 0 ... 6 mH2O (0 ... 18 ftH2O) • 3.0 bar (43.5 psi) (corresponds
to 30 mH2O (90 ftH2O)) Cable entry 2 x M20x1.5
• 0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O) • 3.0 bar (43.5 psi) (corresponds Enclosure material Polycarbonate
to 30 mH2O (90 ftH2O))
Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
• 0 ... 20 mH2O (0 ... 60 ftH2O) • 6.0 bar (87.0 psi) (corresponds
to 60 mH2O (180 ftH2O)) Screw for cable strength cord
■ Dimensional drawings
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters C) 7 M F 1 5 7 0 - 7 7 A 0 7 7 7 7
for pressure, MPS series (submers-
ible sensor) Protective cap Cable sheath + (brown)
2-wire system
Vent pipe
Note: Junction box and cable hanger
diam.)
Ø 27
(1.1
included in delivery Strength
Cable material cord (white)
PE } 1 - (blue)
158 (6.2) L
FEP 5
Screen
Measuring range Cable length L
0 ... 2 mH2O 10 m } C Cable sheath 8.3 (0.33) diam. (black or blue, PE/HFFR)
Flexible cable with 0.5 mm2 (0.00078 inch2) cross-section
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m } D Vent pipe 1 (0.04) diam. (inner diameter)
0 ... 5 mH2O 25 m } B Protective cap with 4 x 3 diam. (4 x 0.12 diam.) holes (black, PA)
0 ... 6 mH2O 25 m } E
0 ... 10 mH2O 25 m } F SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, dimensions in mm (inch)
0 ... 20 mH2O 25 m } G
0 ... 6 ftH2O 32 ft K 50 (1.97) 57 (2.25)
0 ... 12 ftH2O 32 ft L 22
0 ... 18 ftH2O 82 ft M (0.87)
M20x1.5
(1.2)
0 ... 30 ftH2O 82 ft N
30
0 ... 60 ftH2O 82 ft P
Mounting
Special measuring range/Special cable Z J1Y hole
length 1)
Specify measuring range and cable
length in plain text
Venting
79 (3.1)
94 (3.7)
Explosion protection valve
• without } 1
• with, type of protection "Intrinsic safe- } 2
ty" (Ex II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4)
• With approval for drinking water to 6
WRAS and ACS
(1.2)
Further designs Order code
30
M20x1.5
Manufacturer's test certificate M to DIN C11
22
55340, Part 18 and ISO 8402 (calibra- (0.87)
65 (2.56)
tion certificate),add "-Z" to Order No.
and Order code.
Order No. Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch)
Manufacturer's test certificate M to DIN 7MF1564-8CC11
55340, Part 18 and ISO 8402 (calibra-
tion certificate) supplied later, specify
factory no. of transmitter for this por-
pose.
Accessories (as spare parts)
Junction box 7MF1570-8AA
for connecting the transmitter cable
} Available ex stock
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and input isola-
tors".
1)
Special measuring ranges between 0 ... 1 mH2O (0 ... 3 ftH2O)
and 0 ... 170 mH2O (0 ... 510 ftH2O) and special cable lengths up to
200 m (600 ft) are possible. With Ex versions the max.
special cable length is 50 m (150 ft).
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
■ Overview The remote seal can be optionally equipped with a projecting di-
2 In many cases the pressure transmitter and the measured me-
aphragm (tube).
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted with a dummy
dium have to be physically separated. It is then necessary to use flange.
a remote seal.
Designs
The remote seals can be used with the following SITRANS P
pressure transmitter series: Diaphragm seal
• Pressure (MK II, P300, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
• Absolute pressure (P300, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
• Differential pressure and flow (DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
Note
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa-
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re-
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.
■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions
• Sandwich design
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry
• Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
■ Application ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal (di-
rect mounting or by means of capillary)
The volume in contact with the measured medium is terminated Quick-release diaphragm seal
by a flat elastic diaphragm lying in a bed. Between the dia- • Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,
phragm and the pressure transmitter is the filling liquid. IDF standard, APV RJT standard, clamp connection, etc.
- Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
In many cases, a capillary has to be connected between the re- tapped holes
mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order e.g. to minimize - Remote seals with customer-specific process connections
temperature effects on the latter when hot media are involved.
However, the capillary influences the response time and the tem-
perature response of the complete remote seal system. Two
capillaries of equal length must always be used to connect a re-
mote seal to a pressure transmitter for differential pressure.
■ Function
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
2
filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front • Adjustment time
• Miniature diaphragm seals Temperature error
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in- Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
dustry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present mote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for
cleaning. Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
Clamp-on seal calculate the temperature error.
The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
• Rigidity of the diaphragm used
• Filling liquid used
• Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
Clamp-on seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
With clamp-on seals, the pressure is first measured using a cy- the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
lindrical diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to volume of the filling liquid.
the pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
The clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing media. It con- large diaphragm diameters.
sists of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is em-
bedded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
turbulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow oc- role:
cur. Furthermore, the clamp-on seal can be cleaned by a pig. • Diaphragm thickness
The following types of clamp-on seals exist: • Diaphragm material
• Quick-release clamp-on seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS stan- • Coatings if present
dard, IDF standard, APV/RJT standard, clamp connection etc.
The quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables Filling liquid
the seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes. Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
• Clamp-on seals for flanging to EN or ASME. of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
• Clamp-on seals with customer-specific process connections.
ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmit-
ter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
calculated separately for each combination.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal
(see Selection and Ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
■ Technical specifications
Temperature error Diaphragm seals 2
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
design diameter error of remote capillary error of process min. spans (guid-
seal flange/connec- ance values,
tion spigot observe temp.
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K ⋅ mKap) (10 K ⋅ mKap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 48 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with 2 inch with tube 48 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
flange to
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed)
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal capillary cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.1 mbar/10 K Gold coating on stainless steel dia- 40%
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.0014 psi/10 K) phragm
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 80 remote
seal diaphragms without tube, dia-
phragm made of stainless steel, Maximum temperature of medium
mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft) The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
pending on the material of the wetted parts:
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K ⋅ mCap)
(0.001 psi/(10 K ⋅ mCap)) Material pabs < 1 bar pabs > 1 bar
(14.5 psi) (14.5 psi)
Filling liquid silicone M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K
(0.001 psi/10 K) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Process temperature ϑRS = 100 °C (212 °F) Stainless steel, 316L 200 (392) 400 (662)
Temperature on the capillaries ϑCap = 50 °C (122 °F) PTFE coating 200 (392) 260 (500)
Temperature on pressure transmit- ϑTR = 50 °C (122 °F) ECTFE coating 100 (212) 150 (302)
ter PFA coating 200 (392) 260 (500)
Calibration temperature ϑCal = 20 °C (68 °F) Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 200 (392) 260 (500)
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 200 (392) 400 (662)
2.4819
Required
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 200 (392) 400 (662)
Additional temperature error of dp
remote seals Tantalum 200 (392) 300 (572)
Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (3.63 psi) 600 mbar (8.7 psi) 1600 mbar (23.2 psi)
Silicone oil M5 0.914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.920 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.75 (0.229) 0.33 (0.101) 0.17 (0.052)
+20 (68) 4 (1.220) 1.75 (0.534) 0.67 (0.204)
- 20 (-4) 20 (6.100) 8.5 (2.593) 3.25 (0.991)
Glycerin/water 1.220 (0.044) +60 (140) 0.13 (0.040) 0.05 (0.015) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.76 (0.232) 0.32 (0.098) 0.12 (0.037)
0 (32) 9.72 (2.963) 4.05 (1.234) 1.51 (0.460)
Technical data of filling liquids Also check the compatibility of the filling liquid with the mea-
sured medium. For example, only physiologically harmless filling
When selecting the filling liquid, check that it is suitable with re- liquids may be used in the food industry.
spect to the permissible temperature of the medium and the pro-
cess pressure. Oxygen and chlorine are special cases of measured medium.
The liquid must not react with either of these two media or a leak-
ing remote seal may lead to an explosion or fire.
Filling liquid Digit in Permissible temperature of medium Density at Viscosity at Coefficient of expan-
Order 20 °C (68 °F) 20 °C (68 °F) sion
No.
pabs < (pabs < pabs > (pabs >
1 bar 14.5 psi) 1 bar 14.5 psi)
°C (°F) °C (°F) kg/dm3 (lb/in3) m2/s⋅106 (ft2/s⋅106) 1/°C (1/°F)
Silicone oil M5 1 -60 ... +80 (-76 ... +176) -90 ... +180 (-130 ... +356) 0.914 (0.03) 4 (43) 0.00108 (0.00060)
Silicone oil M50 2 -40 ... +150 (-40 ... +302) -40 ... +250 (-40 ... +482) 0.96 (0.03) 50 (538) 0.00104 (0.00058)
High-tempera- 3 -10 ... +200 (+14 ... +392) -10 ... +350 (+14 ... +662) 1.07 (0.04) 39 (420) 0.00080 (0.00044)
ture oil
Halocarbon oil 4 -40 ... +80 (-40 ... +176) -40 ... +175 (-40 ... +347) 1.968 (0.07) 14 (151) 0.00086 (0.00048)
Glycerin/water 6 Not possi- Not possible -10 ... +120 (+14 ... +248) 1.22 (0.04) 88 (947) 0.00050 (0.00028)
ble
Food oil (FDA 7 -20 ... +160 (-4 ... +320) -20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392) 0.92 (0.03) 10 (107) 0.00080 (0.00044)
listed)
■ Overview
2
■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitters
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 available on request)
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 Capillary
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 lengths on request
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 • Internal diameter max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Silicone oil M50
Sealing face High-temperature oil
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
1.4404/216L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Food oil (FDA listed)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Glycerine/water (not suitable for
ASME B16.5 RFSF use in low-pressure range)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter connected to a SITRANS P transmitter (order
(order separately): separately):
for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF4037, 7MF 4 9 0 0 - for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF4037, 7MF 4 9 0 0 -
7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" (vac- 7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" (vac-
uum-proof design) and 7MF80271); uum-proof design) and 7MF80271);
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for absolute pressure 7MF433 7; 7MF 4 9 0 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF433 7; 7MF 4 9 0 1 -
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 0 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
scope of delivery 2 off scope of delivery 2 off
1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Length of capillary2)
• DN 50 PN 16 ... 100 A • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
(recommended only for pressure transmitters • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
for pressure) • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• DN 80 PN 16 ... 100 B • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• DN 100 PN 16 ... 100 C • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• DN 125 PN 16 ... 100 D • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 E • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
(recommended only for pressure transmitters Other version 9 N1Y
for pressure) Add Order code and plain text:
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 H Length of capillary: ...
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L 1)
With 7MF8027 and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N vacuum-tight version.
2)
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Other version Z J1Y Selection and Ordering data Order code
Add Order code and plain text:
Further designs
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Sealing face: see "Technical data" Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Wetted parts materials Spark arrestor
• Stainless steel 316L With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
- without foil A documentation)
- with PTFE coating E0 • Pressure and absolute pressure A01
- with ECTFE coating2) F • for differential pressure transmitters A02
- with PFA coating D Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J Acceptance test certificate C12
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Tantalum K
Vacuum-proof design
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text: for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
Wetted parts materials: ... • Pressure V01
Tube length • For differential pressure transmitters V03
• without tube 0 Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
Other version: 9 L1Y transmitter
Add Order code and plain text: Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
Tube length: ...
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• Glycerin/water3) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed)l 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...
1) With 7MF8027 and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
vacuum-tight version.
2)
For vacuum on request
3)
Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
■ Dimensional drawings
2
D D
dM dM b
b
_ +
l
l
(5. 150
9)
³
R
(5. 150
9)
³
R
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM l
mm mm mm mm Connection to EN 1092-1
DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 20 102 59 100 Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM l
DN 80 20 138 89 100 mm mm mm mm
DN 100 20 158 89 100 DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 20 102 59 100
DN 125 22 188 124 100 DN 80 20 138 89 100
DN 100 20 158 89 100
Connection to ASME B16.5
DN 125 22 188 124 100
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM I
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm Connection to ASME B16.5
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM I
2 inch 150 .... 2500 20 100 59 100 lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm
(0.79) (3.94) (2.32) (3.94) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
3 inch 20 134 89 100 2 inch 150 ... 2500 20 100 59 100
(0.79) (5.28) (2.32) (3.94) (0.79) (3.94) (2.32) (3.94)
4 inch 20 158 89 100 3 inch 20 134 89 100
(0.79) (6.22) (2.32) (3.94) (0.79) (5.28) (2.32) (3.94)
5 inch 22 186 124 100 4 inch 20 158 89 100
(0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (3.94) (0.79) (6.22) (2.32) (3.94)
■ Overview
2
■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary Sealing material in the process
flanges
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
• DN 50 (recommendable only for PN 10 ... PN 40, PN 100 pressure transmitters and low-
pressure transmitters for pressure) pressure applications
• DN 80 PN 10 ... PN 40, PN 100 • For other applications Viton
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• DN 125 PN 16, PN 40 of the pressure transmitter
• 2 inch (recommendable only for Class 150, class 300, class 600, Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
pressure transmitters for pressure) class 1500 available on request)
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 Capillary
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• 5 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Sealing face
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
No. 1.4404/316L Filling liquid
ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or flange design)
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Silicone oil M50
Materials
High-temperature oil
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
Food oil (FDA listed)
• Without foil
Glycerine/water (not for use in
• PTFE (for vacuum on request) low-pressure range)
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request) Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
• PFA (for vacuum on request)
remote seal
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 More information can be found in
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 "Technical data of filling liquid" in
Tantalum the Technical description to the
remote seals
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected
to a pressure transmitter to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): SITRANS P (order separately):
for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF403 7, 7MF 4 9 2 0 - for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF403 7, 7MF 4 9 2 0 -
7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" (vac- 7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" (vac-
uum-proof design) and 7MF80271); uum-proof design) and 7MF80271);
scope of delivery: 1 off scope of delivery: 1 off
for absolute pressure 7MF433 7; 7MF 4 9 2 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF433 7; 7MF 4 9 2 1 -
scope of delivery: 1 off scope of delivery: 1 off
for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 2 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 2 3 -
scope of delivery: 2 off scope of delivery: 2 off
1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Filling liquid
• DN 50 PN 10 ... 40 A • Silicone oil M5 1
PN 100 B • Silicone oil M50 2
(DN 50 recommended only for pressure • High-temperature oil 3
transmitters for pressure) • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• DN 80 PN 10 ... 40 D • Glycerin/water3) 6
PN 100 E • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
• DN 100 PN 16 G Add Order code and plain text:
PN 40 H Filling liquid: ...
• DN 125 PN 16 J Length of capillary4)
PN 40 K • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 2 inch Class 150 L • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
Class 300 M • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
Class 600 N • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
Class 1500 P • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
(2 inch recommended only for pressure • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
transmitters for pressure) • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• 3 inch Class 150 Q Other version 9 N1Y
Class 300 R Add Order code and plain text:
Class 600 S Length of capillary: ...
1)
• 4 inch Class 150 T With 7MF8027 and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
Class 300 U vacuum-tight version.
2)
Class 400 V For vacuum on request.
3)
Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
• 5 inch Class 150 W 4)
Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
Class 300 X
Class 400 Y Selection and Ordering data Order code
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or Further designs
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Other version Z J1Y Spark arrestor
Add Order code and plain text: With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... documentation) for transmitters for
Sealing face: See "Technical data"
• pressure and absolute pressure A01
Wetted parts materials • differential pressure A02
• Stainless steel 316L
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
- without foil A to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
- with PTFE coating E0
Acceptance test certificate C12
- with ECTFE coating2) F to EN 10204, section 3.1
- with PFA coating D
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G Vacuum-proof design
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• pressure V01
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U
• differential pressure V03
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
Add Order code and plain text: transmitter
Wetted parts materials: ... Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
Tube length
• without tube 0
Other version: 9 L1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ...
■ Dimensional drawings
2
D D b
b
f dM dM f
n xd 2 n xd 2
9)
(5.
50
³1
ø d4
ø k
ø k
R
ø d4
_
+
9)
(5.
(5. 150
50
9)
³1
³
R
R
■ Overview
2
■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres- Capillary
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure lengths on request
• DN 50 PN 40, PN 100 • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• DN 80 PN 40, PN 100 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40 Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600, • Silicone oil M50
class 1500 • High-temperature oil
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 • Halocarbon oil (for measuring
O 2)
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
• Food oil (FDA listed)
Sealing face
• Glycerine/water (not suitable for
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME use in low-pressure range)
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or temperature
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Materials mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal.
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
More information can be found in
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L the technical data of the pressure
• Without foil transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
• PTFE (for vacuum on request) the Technical description to the
remote seals.
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request)
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
• PFA (for vacuum on request)
Certificate and approvals
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 equipment directive (DRGL uids of fluid group 1; complies
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
Tantalum practice)
• Capillary Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti
• Sealing material on the process Copper
connection
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the transmitter
Tube length • Without tube
• 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• 200 mm (7.87 inch)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 -
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777 Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777
SITRANS P for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, SITRANS P for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013,
7MF403 7, 7MF4237 together with Order code 7MF403 7, 7MF4237 together with Order code
"V01" (vacuum-proof design) and 7MF80271); "V01" (vacuum-proof design) and 7MF80271);
must be ordered separately must be ordered separately
Process connection Filling liquid
• Vertical (pressure transmitter upright) 0 • Silicone oil M5 1
• Horizontal 2 • Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• DN 50 PN 40 A • Glycerin/water3) 6
PN 100 B • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
• DN 80 PN 40 D Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
PN 100 E
Filling liquid: ...
• DN 100 PN 16 G 1) With 7MF8027 and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
PN 40 H vacuum-tight version.
2) For vacuum on request.
• 2 inch Class 150 L 3)
Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
Class 300 M
Class 600 N Selection and Ordering data Order code
Class 1500 P
Further designs
• 3 inch Class 150 Q
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Class 300 R
Class 600 S Spark arrestor A01
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
• 4 inch Class 150 T documentation) for transmitters for pressure and abso-
Class 300 U lute pressure
Class 400 V
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
Smooth sealing face to DIN 1092-01, form B1 or
to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
B2, or to ASME B16.5 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF
Acceptance test certificate C12
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text: to EN 10204, section 3.1
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... Vacuum-proof design V01
Wetted parts materials for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• Stainless steel 316L pressure
- without foil A Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
- with PTFE coating E0 transmitter
- with ECTFE coating2) F Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
- with PFA coating D
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Wetted parts materials: ...
Tube length
• Without tube 0
• 50 mm • (1.97 inch) 1
• 100 mm • (3.94 inch) 2
• 150 mm • (5.90 inch) 3
• 200 mm • (7.87 inch) 4
Other version: 9 L1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ...
Vertical mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
process connection
DN 50 PN 40 20 165 18 102 48.3 59 2 125 4
193 (7.6)
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 59 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 76 89 2 160 8
83 (3.27)
f
L
Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P 300 29 210 22 127 76 89 1.6 168.5 8
pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63)
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch)
600 38.5 210 22 127 76 89 6.4 168.5 8
(1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.25) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 94 89 1.6 190.5 8
(0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.5)
300 32 255 22 158 94 89 1.6 200 8
(1.26) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87)
400 41.5 255 26 158 94 89 6.4 200 8
(1.62) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.25) (7.87)
■ Overview
2
■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of flange design for pressure transmitters for dif- Tube length Without tube
ferential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary
50 mm (1.97 inch)
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
100 mm (3.94 inch)
• DN 80 PN 40
150 mm (5.91 inch)
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40
200 mm (7.87 inch)
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300
Capillary
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
Sealing face lengths on request
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
ASME B16.5 RFSF Silicone oil M50
Materials High-temperature oil
• Main body Stainless steel 316L Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L Food oil (FDA listed)
• Without foil Glycerine/water (not suitable for
• PTFE (for vacuum on request) use in low-pressure range)
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request) Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
temperature
• PFA (for vacuum on request)
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 mitter and the filling liquid of the
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 remote seal
More information can be found in
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 the technical data of the pressure
Tantalum transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. the Technical description to the
No. 1.4571/316Ti remote seals
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
Certificate and approvals
Sealing material in the process
flanges Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive (DRGL uids of fluid group 1; complies
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
pressure transmitters and low- paragraph 3 (sound engineering
pressure applications practice)
• For other applications Viton
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 -
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777 Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure, DS III series SITRANS P for differential pressure, DS III series
(7MF4437) (7MF4437)
Flange, connection to EN 1092-1 Length of capillary 3)
Nom. diam. Nom. press. • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• DN 80 PN 40 D • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• DN 100 PN 16 G • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
PN 40 H • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
Flange, connection to ASME B16.5 • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
Nom. diam. Nom. press. • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 3 inch Class 150 Q • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Class 300 R Other version 9 N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
• 4 inch Class 150 T Length of capillary: ...
Class 300 U
1)
For vacuum on request.
Other version Z J1Y 2)
Add Order code and plain text: Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
3)
Flange: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
pressure: ...
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Wetted parts materials
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or Further designs
B2, or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
• Stainless steel 316L
Spark arrestor A02
- without foil A With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
- with PTFE coating E0 documentation)
- with ECTFE coating 1) F Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
- with PFA coating D to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G Acceptance test certificate C12
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U Vacuum-proof design V03
• Tantalum K for use in low-pressure range
Other version Z K1Y Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
Add Order code and plain text: transmitter
Wetted parts materials: ... Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
Tube length
(for mounting flange on high-pressure side)
• Without tube 0
• 50 mm (1.97 inch) 1
• 100 mm (3.94 inch) 2
• 150 mm (5.90 inch) 3
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) 4
Other version: 9 L1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ...
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• Glycerin/water2) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...
)
5.9
DN PN 16 20 200 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
0(
100
15
PN 40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
R _>
ø d4
Connection to ASME B16.5
ø k
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press.
lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
+ sq.in.
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 76 89 1,6 152,5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 89 1,6 168,5 8
L b (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 94 89 1,6 190,5 4
n xd 2 f (0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7)
300 32 255 22 158 94 89 1,6 200 8
(1.26) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87)
ø d4
ø d5
øD
øk
■ Overview
2
• Clamp connection
- 1½ inch PN 40
- 2 inch PN 40
- 2½ inch PN 25
- 3 inch PN 25
For differential pressure and flow
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut • Clamp connection
- 2 inch PN 40
- 2½ inch PN 25
- 3 inch PN 25
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection No. 1.4571/316Ti
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following • Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
• For pressure: MK II, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
• For differential pressure and flow: DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF
Tube length Without tube
The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the food
industry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot Capillary
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for lengths on request
cleaning.
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
■ Technical specifications • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Quick-release diaphragm seal Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure Glycerin/water (not suitable for
use in low-pressure range)
For pressure
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut mitter and the filling liquid of the
- DN 25 PN 40 remote seal
More information can be found in
- DN 32 PN 40
the technical data of the pressure
- DN 40 PN 40 transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
- DN 50 PN 25 the Technical description to the
- DN 65 PN 25 remote seals
- DN 80 PN 25 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket Certificates and approvals
- DN 25 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 32 PN 40 (DRGL 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
- DN 40 PN 40 paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 0 - Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 3 -
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pres- 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777
pressure sure
7MF4010, 7MF4013 and 7MF403 7, 7MF4237 for differential pressure and flow, type 7MF4433
together with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof or 7MF4434; order separately
design) and 7MF80271); must be ordered Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed)
separately Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) Delivery unit: 2 off
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
Nom. diam. Nom. press. • Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut - DN 50 PN 25 1E
- DN 25 PN 40 1B - DN 65 PN 25 1F
- DN 32 PN 40 1C - DN 80 PN 25 1G
- DN 40 PN 40 1D • Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded
- DN 50 PN 25 1E socket
- DN 65 PN 25 1F - DN 50 PN 25 2E
- DN 80 PN 25 1G - DN 65 PN 25 2F
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks - DN 80 PN 25 2G
- DN 25 PN 40 2B • Clamp connection
- DN 32 PN 40 2C - 2 inch PN 40 4M
- DN 40 PN 40 2D - 2½ inch PN 40 4N
- DN 50 PN 25 2E - 3 inch PN 40 4P
- DN 65 PN 25 2F Other version 9Z H1Y
- DN 80 PN 25 2G Add Order code and plain text:
• Clamp connection Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
- 1½ inch PN 40 4L Filling liquid
- 2 inch PN 40 4M • Glycerin/water1) 6
- 2½ inch PN 40 4N • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
- 3 inch PN 40 4P Other version 9 M1 Y
Other version 9Z H1Y Add Order code and plain text:
Add Order code and plain text: Filling liquid: ...
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... Connection to transmitter
Filling liquid through capillary, Length:2)
• Glycerin/water2) 6 • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
Other version 9 M1 Y • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ... • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
Connection to pressure transmitter • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• direct 0 • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
through capillary, length:3) Other version 9 N1Y
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 Add Order code and plain text:
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 Length of capillary: ...
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 Further designs Order code
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 code.
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Other version 9 N1Y to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
Add Order code and plain text: Acceptance test certificate C12
Length of capillary: ...
to EN 10204, section 3.1
Further designs Order code
Vacuum-proof design V03
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. for use in low-pressure range
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 1)
Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
2)
to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001 Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
■ Dimensional drawings
2
146 (5.75)
H
H
H
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
R
³
15
0(
5.9
)
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Clamp connection (left) Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted Connection to DIN 11851 with
union nut (center) threaded socket (right)
DN Ø dM ØD H DN Ø dM ØD H G1 DN Ø dM H G1
(1½ inch) 32 (1.26) 50,5 (2) 35 (1.38) 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
(2 inch) 40 (1.57) 64 (2.52) 35 (1.38) 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6
(2½ inch) 52 (2.05) 77,5 (3.05) 35 (1.38) 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6
(3 inch) 72 (2.83) 91 (3.58) 35 (1.38) 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6
65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6
80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6
25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6
dM Effective diaphragm diameter
Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
Process connection
• G1B C
• G1½B D
• G2B E
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Process connection: ...
Wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel 316L A
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
SW Wetted parts materials: ...
Filling liquid
H
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
L
■ Design
Dichtung
Gasket
Measuring
point flange
Installation example
■ Dimensional drawings
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Flushing ring 7MF 4 9 2 5 -
for remote seals 7MF4900 to 7MF4923 1 7777 777
Thread
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 A
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 B
h
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
di
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
d4
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K
Connection to EN 1092-1
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text: DN PN d4 di h Weight
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... (mm) (bar) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
Sealing face 50 16 ... 100 102 62 30 1.10
• EN 1092-1
80 16 ... 100 138 92 30 1.90
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 F) C 100 16 ... 100 162 92 30 3.15
- Form C/Form C D 125 16 ... 100 188 126 30 3.50
- Form D/Form C E
Connection to ASME B 16.5
- Form D/Form D F
DN Class d4 di h Weight
- Form E G
- Form F F) H inch mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• ASME B16.5 2 150 ... 600 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.60 (1.32)
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M
3 150 ... 600 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.05 (2.31)
- RFSF Q
- RJT ring groove R 4 150 ... 600 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 2.85 (6.28)
Other version Z K1Y 5 150 ... 600 185.5 (7.3) 126 (4.96) 30 (1.18) 3.30 (7.28)
Add Order code and plain text:
Sealing face: ... Flushing ring, dimension drawing
Flushing holes (2 off)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 4
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ...
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis- Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal Certificates and approvals
(see Selection and Ordering data).
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DRGL 97/23/EC) with the requirements of article 3,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Clamp-on seal for flange-mounting for Further designs
SITRANS P pressure transmitters Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
for pressure 7MF 4 9 8 0 - Spark arrestor
7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF403 7, 7MF4237 With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
together with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof documentation)
design) and 7MF80271); must be ordered sepa-
rately, scope of delivery: 1 off • Pressure and absolute pressure A01
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 8 3 - • for differential pressure transmitters A02
7MF4433 or 7MF4434; order separately, scope Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
of delivery: 1 pair (set); Material: Completely of
stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L; to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME Acceptance test certificate C12
B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1, To EN 10204, section 3.1
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Vacuum-proof design V01
1 77 0 7 - 7B 777
For use in low-pressure range
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure
Calculation of span of associated pressure trans- Y05
• DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 B mitter
• DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 D Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
• DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 E Note:
• DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 G Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter!
• DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 H
• 1 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... 2500 M
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 P
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 Q
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel 316L
- Without foil A
- With PFA coating D
- With ECTFE coating2) F
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Wetted parts materials: ...
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• Glycerin/water3) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...
Connection to transmitter
• direct 0
through capillary, length:4)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Other version 9 N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Length of capillary: ...
1)
With 7MF8027 and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
vacuum-tight version.
2)
For vacuum on request.
3)
Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
4)
Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
■ Overview ■ Function
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
2
mounted on the inner circumference of the clamp-on seal, to the
filling liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measur-
ing chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the
clamp-on seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the fill-
ing liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).
■ Technical specifications
Clamp-on seals of quick-release design for pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• To DIN 11851 with threaded DN 25 PN 40
Quick-release clamp-on seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket socket
DN 40 PN 40
DN 50 PN 25
DN 65 PN 25
DN 80 PN 25
DN 100 PN 25
• Clamp connection 1½ inch PN 40
2 inch PN 40
2½ inch PN 40
3 inch PN 40
Material
• Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
Quick-release clamp-on seals, with clamp connection • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Quick-release clamp-on seals for pressure are available for the • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
following SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
• MK II
• Glycerin/water (not suitable for
• P300 use in low-pressure range)
• DS III Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• DS III PA mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
• DS III FF More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
■ Application transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
The quick-release clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing the Technical description to the
remote seals
media and high-viscosity media. Since it is completely inte-
grated in the process pipe, no turbulences, dead volumes or Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
other obstructions to the flow occur. The measured medium Certificate and approvals
flows unhindered through the clamp-on seal and results in self-
cleaning of the measuring chamber. Furthermore, the clamp-on Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
seal can be cleaned by a pig. sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
(DRGL 97/23/EC) the requirements of article 3,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
■ Design assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions: TÜV Nord
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket
• Clamp connection
The clamp-on seal is connected to the pressure transmitter ei-
ther directly or by way of a capillary.
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Quick-release clamp-on seal 7MF 4 9 5 0 -
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777
pressure
7MF4010, 7MF4013 and 7MF403 7, 7MF4237
together with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof
design) and 7MF80271); must be ordered
separately
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed)
Material: Stainless steel 316L
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
- DN 25 PN 40 2B
- DN 40 PN 40 2D
- DN 50 PN 25 2E
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 80 PN 25 2G
- DN 100 PN 25 2H
• Clamp connection
- 1½ inch PN 40 4L
- 2 inch PN 40 4M
- 2½ inch PN 40 4N
- 3 inch PN 40 4P
Other version 9Z H1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Filling liquid
• Glycerin/water2) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...
Connection to transmitter
• Direct 0
Through capillary, length:3)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Other version 9 N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Length of capillary: ...
1)
With 7MF8027 and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
vacuum-tight version.
2)
Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
3)
Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
■ Dimensional drawings
2
146 (5.9)
H
H
1
DN
1
2
1
G
D
D
D
d
D
L L
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
)
5.9
0(
15
³
R
1
DN
1
G
d
D
D
D
L L
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks Clamp connection for pipes to BS 4825/3 and o.D. tubes
DN Ø D1 Ø D2 H L G1 d Ø D1 Ø D2 H L D
25 38 52 68 128 Rd 52x1/6 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
40 55 65 74.5 160 Rd 65x1/6 22.2 (1) 38 (1.5) 50 (1.97) 67 (2.64) 114 (4.49) 50.5 (1.98)
50 68 78 81 170 Rd 78x1/6 34.9 (1½) 43 (1.69) 65 (2.56) 74.5 (2.93) 146 (5.75) 50.5 (1.98)
65 85 95 89.5 182 Rd 95x1/6 47.6 (2) 56 (2.2) 75 (2.95) 79.5 (3.13) 156 (6.14) 64 (2.52)
80 110 110 97 182 Rd 110x1/4 60.3 (2½) 68 (2.68) 77 (3.03) 80.5 (3.17) 156 (6.14) 77.5 (3.05)
100 130 130 107 182 Rd 110x1/4 73.0 (3) 82 (3.23) 91 (3.58) 87.5 (3.44) 156 (6.14) 91 (3.58)
■ Dimensional drawings
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
2
Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A
Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU - rOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO - rOil · g · H1
DH DH
Installation type B
HO HO
Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU + rOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO + rOil · g · H1
HU HU Legend
H1
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
rFL Density of medium in vessel
H1 rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter
above the measuring point below the measuring point HO Full-scale value
H1 £ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 £ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure trans.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ³ 200 mm (7.9 inch)
H2
H2
H1
DH H1
HV
HO H1
H2
HU
H2
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum
H1 £ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as H2 £ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as
filling liquid only H1 £ 4 m (13.1 ft) filling liquid only H2 £ 4 m (13.1 ft)
■ Overview Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
Notes
ways above the top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
2
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
has to be positioned between the two spigots. spigot
■ Dimensional drawings
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers
Level measurement
Full-scale value Start-of-scale: pMA = r · g · HU
Full-scale: pME = r · g · HO
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
Ho r r Density of medium in vessel
Start-of-scale value
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
Hu HO Full-scale value
Density measurement
Start-of-scale: pMA = rMIN · g · HO
Constant level Full-scale: pME = rMAX · g · HO
Legende
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
Ho rMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
r rMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HO Full-scale value in m
Hu r
Transmitter
reference line
Maximum level
Transmitter
reference line
s Questionnaire
Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations
* Customer:___________________
* Plant: ___________________
Tag. No.: _____________________
Item No.: _____________________
2
* Ordering code:________________ Person responsible: ___________
* Ordering department: _____ Phone: _____________________
* Transmitter Order No.: 7MF 4 –1 –1
No Yes
E G H J
* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ mbar
range With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ mm; HO = ___ mm
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ mm
With install. types D, G, H and J: HV = ___ mm
* Start-of-scale value following calculation:_________ mbar ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation:_________ mbar (20 mA)
* Associated span: _________ mbar
Checked: Name:
* Error to be expected: < . % of set span per 10 K
_________
Department:
_________ change in temperature
Date:
*) Values must be entered here!
Siemens FI 01 · 2008 2/177
© Siemens AG 2007
s Questionnaire
for hydrostatic level measurements
Customer reference:_______________________________________
Position:__________________________________________________
Dimensions: ______________________________________________
Pressure: bar
Temperature: K °C
Measuring range: cm m
(please mark with cross)
Order No. of transmitter 1):
7 M F 4 – – –Z
Y01
The different pressures and tem- Please supply the following characteristic data so that we can calculate the measuring range,
peratures (densities) in the vessel start-of-scale value, full-scale value and calibration data:
and in the reference column result
in an offset in the start-of-scale
and full-scale values. Please mark type of boiler with a cross: Closed1)
The calibration data are deter-
Open or not under pressure2)
mined in addition.
It is also checked whether – as a Medium ____________________
result of the range offset – the
ordered transmitter is suitable for
this measurement. Licensed boiler pressure (absolute) _______________ bar
Operating pressure (absolute) Lowest _______________ bar
Normal3) _______________ bar
Highest _______________ bar
Temperature of reference column (cold) _______________ K
Distance between measuring points (dimension according to sketch) HV = _________ m
Measuring range4) = start-of-scale value to full-scale value
Start-of-scale value HU =___________ m
Full-scale value HO =___________ m
Position of equalizing vessel above bottom measuring
point if different from HV _______________ m
1)
Reference line filled with condensation! Falling differential pressure with increasing level.
2) Reference line without gas or filled with gas (air). Rising differential pressure with increasing level.
3)
If not specified otherwise, this value is assumed as the calculation pressure of the level meter.
The input signal (differential pressure) depends on the density (pressure and temperature).
The influence is practically negligible for a lowest liquid level of 20 to 30% of the distance between the
measuring points.
4)
If a pressure correction of the level is required, the measuring range must be the same as the
distance between the measuring points, and the transmitter is designed for the calculation pressure
of 1 bar (absolute).
Pressure correction means: the static pressure and the temperature are measured separately and
calculated by a correction computer or measured-value computer.
* Customer:___________________
* Plant: ___________________
Tag. No.: _____________________
Item No.: _____________________
2
* Ordering code:________________ Person responsible: ___________
* Ordering department: _____ Phone: _____________________
* Transmitter Order No.: 7MF 4 –1 –1
No Yes
E G H J
* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ psi
range With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ inch; HO = ___ inch
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ inch
With install. types D, G, H and J: HV = ___ inch
* Start-of-scale value following calculation: _________ psi ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation: _________ psi (20 mA)
* Associated span: _________ psi
Checked: Name:
* Error to be expected: < . % of set span per 18 °F
_________
Department:
_________ change in temperature
Date:
*) Values must be entered here!
Siemens FI 01 · 2008 2/179
© Siemens AG 2007
SITRANS P transmitter for gage pressure with double shut-off valve, SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure, mounted in pro-
SITRANS P pressure transmitter with multiway cock or 3-spindle valve tective box (available on request)
manifold
SITRANS P transmitter for differential pressure with 3-way valve manifold, SITRANS P pressure transmitter mounted on valve combination
3-spindle valve manifold or valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 "Monoflange" for direct connection to flanges (available on request)
Relative and absolute pres- Double shut-off valve DN 5 2/185 Double shut-off valve 2/185
sure transmitter with G½"-14 7MF9011-4FA and DN 5 for process connec-
NPT female thread 7MF9011-4GA tion
• e.g. ½-NPT
7MF9011-4DA
• SITRANS P Z series
7MF1564-.....-.H..
• SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...1.-....
• SITRANS P DS III und MK II se-
ries
7MF40..-...1.-.... and
7MF423.-...1.-....
Absolute pressure transmitter 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 2/190 2-spindle valve manifold 2/205
with process connection to 7MF9411-5A. DN 5 for installation in pro-
IEC 61518 tective boxes
e.g. 7MF9412-1C.
• SITRANS P DS III series
7MF433.-...
2
Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for spe- Page
applications cial applications
Differential pressure transmit- For 3/5-spindle valve manifold 2/190 3-way valve manifolds, 2/195
ter with process connection to DN 5 DN 5, forged version
IEC 61518 7MF9411-5B. and 7MF9410-1..
e.g. 7MF9411-5C.
• SITRANS P DS III series
7MF443.-... and
7MF453.-...
5-way valve manifolds, 2/195
DN 5, forged version
7MF9410-3..
■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270
without test collar, connection shank
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar F) 7MF9401-7AA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7AB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16271
with test collar, connection shank
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar F) 7MF9401-7BA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7BB
Transmitter for pressure with double shut-off valve 7MF9401-... (mat. No. 1.0460)
The shut-off valves for pressure gages are used to shut off the X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7BC
line of the measured medium when dealing with aggressive and (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids. Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270
without test collar, pipe union with ferrule
■ Design 12 S DIN EN ISO 8484-1
A water trap must be connected upstream of the shut-off valve Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
in the case of temperatures of the medium above 120 °C. The
shut-off valves form B have a shaft with which they can be se- P250GH 400 bar F) 7MF9401-8AB
cured on an instrument bracket. An adapter is therefore not re- (mat. No. 1.0460)
quired to secure these valves. The vent/test connection can be X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar F) 7MF9401-8AC
shut off separately with the double shut-off valves DN 5. This per- (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
mits checking of the zero on the pressure gage. In addition, the
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16271
characteristic of the pressure gage can be checked using an ex-
ternal pressure source. with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8484-1
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
P250GH 400 bar F) 7MF9401-8BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar F) 7MF9401-8BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
with test collar, connection shank
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar F) 7MF9401-7DA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7DB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7DC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8484-1
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
P250GH 400 bar F) 7MF9401-8DB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar F) 7MF9401-8DC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Instrument bracket, see page 2/186.
■ Dimensional drawings
A P300 pressure transmitter with shut-off valve and angle adapter
18
diam. 26 The angle adapter enables pressure transmitters with top dis-
h11 plays to be read from the front.
28
63
120 ± 5
■ Characteristic curves
34
20
Operating temperature
diam. 26
h11
28
erating temperature
63
SW 27 ■ Dimensional drawings
B
20
20
diam. 6
*®
C
É
45
20
D
■ Overview A 18.5
2
18
The double shut-off valves DN 5 are suitable for pressure gages diam. 7
and pressure transmitters and available in 4 versions: approx. 25.5 6
58
• Sleeve-collar
100.5
17
• Sleeve-sleeve
63.5
50
• Sleeve-nipple
33
C
7
• Collar-collar diam.
31 B 31.75 6.4
12 60 approx. 90
■ Characteristic curves approx. 118
300
Operating pressure
¼-18 NPT
0 A
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature C
110
temperature
■ Dimensional drawings
approx. 118 31.75 ~137
DSSUR[
25.5 A 17
A
63.5
50
33
C diam. 6.4
12 31 B 7
137
137
60 approx. 90
DSSUR[
■ Overview ■ Overview
2 The mounting set is suitable for the double shut-off valves The instrument brackets are needed to mount the following units:
7MF9011-4.A and for wall, rack and pipe mounting. • Pressure gages with threaded connection at the bottom
Selection and Ordering data Order No. • Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
Mounting set for shut-off valves (7MF9401-7.. and 7MF9401-8..)
• 7MF9011-4DA und -4EA F) 7MF9011-8AB Selection and Ordering data Order No.
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form H, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x40, made of aluminium alloy, painted black,
1x mounting clip, for wall mounting, screw-type bracket cover
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; • Projection length 60 mm M56340-A0046
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 • Projection length 100 mm M56340-A0047
• 7MF9011-4FA und -4GA F) 7MF9011-8AC Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and M56340-A0053
1x mounting bracket, primed for mounting on a wall or rack or or
2x hexagon screws M6x10, on a sectional rail (horizontal/vertical);
1x mounting clip, Screw-type bracket cover
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125;
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N. made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and M56340-A0079
primed with pipe clamp for mouting on a
pipe (horizotal/vertical)
■ Dimensional drawings Screw-type bracket cover
■ Dimensional drawings
(60)
65 100
(160)
10
18
6:
28
56
5
o7 o26
h11
72 100
10
65
1
o1
3
72
28
o6
<_
M8
90
85
72
34
25
SW10
hex. 10 91
o26
11
85
h11
50
72 Ø60.3 100
90
R30
■ Overview ■ Function
The characteristic of the pressure measuring instrument or pres-
2
sure transmitter can be tested through the test connection.
A pressure gage for local display can be connected to the test
connection.
The two-way valve manifold DN 5 can be used in addition to shut
off and vent the line with the measured medium.
■ Accessories
Accessory set for 2-way valve manifold DN 5 for flanging
• A11: 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket
• A15 (suitable for oxygen): 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762,
2 washers, 1 flat gasket
• A16: 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket (FPM 90)
• A31: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.3,
The two-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9401-2..) is used to shut 1 flat gasket
off and vent the line with the measured medium, and to test the • A34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.3,
connected pressure gage or transmitter. 1 O-ring (FPM 90)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
2-way valve manifold DN 5 F) 7 M F 9 4 0 1 - 7 7 7 Further designs1)
for flanging to pressure transmitters, max. Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
working pressure 420 bar, weight 1.85 kg specify Order code.
(order accessory set and mounting plate with
Order code) Accessory set to DIN2)
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 2E (required for flanging3),
weight 0.2 kg)
• for aggressive liquids and gases 2F 2x screws M10x55 to
for fitting to pressure gages or pressure trans- DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
mitters for pressure, with nipple connection to 2x washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125;
DIN 16284, max. working pressure 420 bar, 1x gaskets made of PTFE,
weight 1.8 kg (order mounting plate with max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
Order code)1) • Standard design A11 7MF9001-6AD
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 2J • Version for oxygen A15 7MF9001-6AE
• for aggressive liquids and gases 2K 2x screws M10x55 to A16 7MF9001-6AF
Constructional and acceptance test DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm
without certificate A to DIN 125;
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B - S - FPM90, max. permissble
with material acceptance test certificate D 420 bar, 120 °C
EN 10204-3.1 Accessory set to EN
1)
For suitable seals, see page 2/217. (required for flanging,
weight 0.2 kg)
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x A31 7MF9001-5CC
21/8 inch to ASME B18.3; chromized
steel
1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x A34 7MF9401-5AA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.3; chromized
steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65
- S - FPM90, max. permissble
420 bar, 120 °C
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of
electrogalvanized sheet-steel
for wall mounting or for securing M11 7MF9006-6EA
on rack (72 mm grid),
weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
mounting on valve manifold
for pipe mounting, M12 7MF9006-6GA
weight 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
Valve manifold 100 bar
Suitable for oxygen, only for S12
7MF9401-2F. and 7MF9401-2K.
1)
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the 2-way valve
manifold, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160!
3)
Only required for versions 7MF9401-2E. und -2F.
■ Characteristic curves
2
bar
400
300
Operating pressure
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature
■ Dimensional drawings
100
34 51 59 41 Ø12
19,5 2 1 C 2-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9401-2J/-2K) for connection to pressure
gages and pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm
B
41,3
65
32,5
7
M10, 12 A
72
25
A Process connection,
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
B Connection for pressure gauge: flange conn. to DIN EN 61 518, Form A
C Test connection: thread G3/8
1 Operating valve
2 Test valve
Valve design: Internal spindle thread
■ Schematics
B
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
A C Test and blow-out connection
■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 F) 7 M F 9 4 1 1 - 7 7 7
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters for absolute and differential
pressure, max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code)
• 2-spindle valve manifold 5A
• 3-spindle valve manifold 5B
• 5-spindle valve manifold 5C
Constructional and acceptance test
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204-2.2 B
with material acceptance test certificate D
EN 10204-3.1
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
■ Accessories
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code. 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5B. and • K15: 2 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
-5C. 1 flat gasket
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 F) 7MF9411-5DB • K35: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized 1 flat gasket
steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
• K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K46 F) 7MF9411-5DC 2 flat gaskets
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; stainless
steel • K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, 2 flat gaskets
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Mounting plate
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
• for valve manifold, made of
electrogalvanized sheet-steel Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to
- for wall mounting or for securing M11 F) 7MF9006-6EA PN 160!
on rack (72 mm grid), weight
0.5 kg Mounting plate
Scope of delivery: Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
1 mounting plate with bolts for
mounting on valve manifold • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 F) 7MF9006-6GA Scope of delivery:
Scope of delivery: - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe • M12: For pipe mounting
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate M11
• for valve manifold, made of - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
stainless steel Ø 60.3 mm
- for wall mounting or for securing M21 F) 7MF9006-6EC
on rack (72 mm grid), weight Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
0.5 kg • S12: For 2-way valve manifold
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for • S13: For 3-way valve manifold
mounting on valve manifold • S13: For 5-way valve manifold
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M22 F) 7MF9006-6GC
■ Characteristic curves
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
bar
Valve manifold 100 bar 400
Suitable for oxygen
300
Operating pressure
■ Dimensional drawings
2
¼-18 NPT
C B
½-14 NPT
41.3
63.5
55
B
½-14 NPT
B B B B B
63.5
41.3
55
A A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
M10 diam. 12 C Blow-out-connection
31.75
38
54
80 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
96
210
115
¼-18 NPT
48
C
41.3
63.5
A
55
43
32.5
½-14 NPT
B
M10 Ø12 31.75
38
54
80
96
142
255
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Standard design L11 F) 7MF9004-6AD
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. • Version for oxygen (together with L15 F) 7MF9004-6AE
Order code S11
■ Function Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to L31 F) 7MF9004-5CC
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
permissible temperature 80 °C
Multiway cock in oil-free and
grease-free design
Max. PN 63 (instead of PN 100), S11
BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suit-
able for oxygen measurement (only
with Order No. 7MF9004–1Q.Z)
Mounting bracket M13 F) 7MF9004-6AA
Required for wall mounting or for
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
made of electrogalvanized sheet-
steel, weight 0.85 kg
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock 1)
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
■ Characteristic curves
o11
72 24
120 60
■ Overview ■ Function
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 2
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
• In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.
■ Application
arrangement
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
The 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds are available in versions
for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases.
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.
■ Design
The process connection of the 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds
is a pipe union with ferrule.
Both valve manifolds have 2 flange connections for connecting
a pressure transmitter.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold has 2 blow-out connec-
tions.
Depending on the version the valve manifold has either 3 or 5
valves, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and
gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat.
No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X6 1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 17 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hardened 1.4122
and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -
■ Accessories
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way and 5-way valve manifold DN 5 for
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and flanging
specify Order code.
• B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
Accessory set to DIN2) 2 flat gaskets
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
• B15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014,
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; 4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
chromized steel
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
• Standard design B11 F) 7MF9010-6AD 2 flat gaskets
• Version for oxygen B15 F) 7MF9010-6AE • B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 F) 7MF9010-6CC
chromized steel Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar, 120 °C O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
Accessory set to EN Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) Mounting plate
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 F) 7MF9010-5CC Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Scope of delivery:
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C - 1 mounting plate 7MF9006-6EA with bolts for mounting on
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 F) 7MF9410-5CA
valve manifold
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized • M12: For pipe mounting
steel Scope of delivery:
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, - 1 mounting plate M11
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
Ø 60.3 mm
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
electrogalvanized sheet-steel S12: Only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 F) 7MF9006-6EA and gases
rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
mounting on valve manifold
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 F) 7MF9006-6GA
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
Valve manifold 100 bar
suitable for oxygen
for 7MF9410-1F. S13
for 7MF9410-3F. S14
1)
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2)
Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160!
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
■ Characteristic curves
2
bar
400
300
Operating pressure
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature
7
■ Schematics
2,4
51
A A A A
Ø 12
A
B
25
41,3
A Process connection
70
38
■ Overview ■ Function
2 The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 performs two functions as stan-
dard:
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
All versions are also available with a test connection, to which a
test device for checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
can be connected.
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
3-way valve manifold DN 8 F) 7 M F 9 4 1 6 - 7 7 7
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar, (order accessory set and mounting
plate with Order code)
for non-aggressive liquids and gases
procedss connection: Pipe union with ferrule
• without test connection 1B
• with test connection 1C
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1../-2..) is for pressure
transmitters for differential pressure. It is used to shut off and for non-aggressive liquids and gases
procedss connection: Welding pin Ø 14 x 2.5
blow out differential pressure lines and to test the pressure trans-
mitter zero. • without test connection 2C
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- • with test connection 2D
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. for aggressive liquids and gases
process connection: Pipe union with ferrule
■ Benefits • without test connection 1D
• For aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases • with test connection 1E
• The maximum working pressure is 420 bar. Constructional and acceptance test
■ Application
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
The 3-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive with material acceptance test certificate D
and non-aggressive liquids and gases. EN 10204-3.1
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to further acceptance tests by arrangement
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
■ Design
For the process connection on the version for non-aggressive
media it is possible to choose between a pipe union with ferrule
and welding pins.
The version for aggressive media always has a pipe union with
ferrule.
Both versions are available optionally with a test connection
M20x1.5.
The valves have an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and
gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat.
No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X6 1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 17 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hard- 1.4122
ened and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -
■ Accessories
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way valve manifold DN 8 for flanging
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code. • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 flat gaskets
Accessory set to DIN2)
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B11 F) 7MF9010-6AD
chromized steel • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; 2 flat gaskets
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. • B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
permissible 420 bar, 80 °C 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 F) 7MF9010-6CC
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
chromized steel
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) Mounting plate
weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: 200
1 mounting plate with bolts for
mounting on valve manifold 100
48
C 31,5
Ø12 D D
48
B Three-way valve A Process connection
A
25
manifold for B Transmitter connection
41,3
liquids and gases C Vent/test connection
B B
38
M10
8
54 22
3-way valve manifold DN 8, connections
72 41
108
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection:
Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
C Test connection:
M20x1.5
Valve design: internal spindle thread
7
48
31,5
C
o12
48
A B
25
41,3
50
38
8
M10
54 22
72 41
108
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):
Welding pin, diameter 14x2,5
B Transmitter connection:
Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
C Test connection:
M20x1.5
Valve design: internal spindle thread
■ Overview ■ Function
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 2
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the transmitter charac-
teristic can be connected.
■ Characteristic curves
bar
400
300
Operating pressure
1 Valve manifold
200 2 Blow-out connection
1 2
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C
Operating temperature
■ Schematics
A A
D D
Valve manifold A Process connection
combination B Transmitter connection
for vapors C Blow-out connection
C B B C D Test connection
■ Overview ■ Function
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 2
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the pressure transmitter
characteristic can be connected.
■ Benefits
• Max. working pressure 420 bar
■ Application
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is designed for vapors.
■ Design
The valve manifold combination DN 8 has a process connection
with welding pins.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as
a pipe union with ferrule.
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread.
The optional test connection is M20x1.5.
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is supplied with a mount-
ing plate.
Materials used
Valve manifold Blow-out valves
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V 1.7709
57
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
CrMoS 17
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17
hardened
and tem-
pered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure graph- -
ite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415
■ Characteristic curves
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for F) 7 M F 9 4 1 6 - 7 7 7
vapors bar
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ- 400
ential pressure, with mounting plate, max.
working pressure 420 bar, also available in 300
Operating pressure
stainless steel on request (order accessory 1 Valve manifold
set with Order code) 200 2 Blow-out connection
• without test connection 4C 1 2
100
• with test connection M20 × 1.5 4D
0
Constructional and acceptance test 0 100 200 300 400 500 °C
Operating temperature
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating
temperature
with material acceptance test certificate
• EN 10204-3.1 D
■ Dimensional drawings
• EN 10204-3.2 E
further acceptance conditions by diam. 14
arrangement 160
155 2.5
A A
11
Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
M20x1.5
Further designs1)
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and D
109
specify Order code. 7
2)
Accessory set to DIN
72
351
Flange connection to DIN 19 213
only permissible up to PN 160! diam. 14x2.5
Accessory set to EN 195 525
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 for mounting in F) 7 M F 9 4 1 2 - 7 7 7
protective boxes
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for
absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code)
• 2-spindle valve manifold with rotatng sleeve 1B
G½
• 2-spindle valve manifold with flange 1C
connection
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Constructional and acceptance test
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
with material acceptance test certificate D
The two-spindle, three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds EN 10204-3.1
(7MF9412-1..) are used to shut off the differential pressure lines
and to check the transmitter zero. Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
The five-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmit- Further designs1)
ter side and checking of the transmitter characteristic.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
These valve manifolds are preferentially used when mounting in specify Order code.
protective boxes. In addition, they can also be used for wall, Accessory set to DIN
frame or pipe mounting together with the mounting bracket. (connection between valve manifold
Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from the and pressure transmitter)
front when using these valve manifolds. for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C.
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F12 F) 7MF9412-6AA
■ Application chromized steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
The valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and vapors 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
and for installing in protective boxes. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar, 120 °C2)
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request 2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F15 F) 7MF9412-6BA
chromized steel
■ Design 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x gasket made of PTFE,
All versions of the spindle manifolds have a process connection max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
½-14 NPT. for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and
-1E.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed
as a flange connection to EN 61518, Form A. 4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F14 F) 7MF9412-6EA
chromized steel
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
The valves have an external spindle thread. ble 420 bar, 120 °C2)
■ Functions
Functions of all valve manifolds:
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
■ Accessories
2
Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds (Con-
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and nection between manifold and transmitter)
specify Order code.
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with flange connection
Accessory set to EN
(connection between valve manifold • F12: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
and pressure transmitter) 1 O-ring (FPM90)
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C. • F15: 2 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 2 inch to F32 F) 7MF9412-6CA
ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel • F32: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 1 O Ring (FPM90)
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, • F35: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C
1 flat-gasket
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F35 F) 7MF9412-6DA
2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
steel • F14: 4 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
1x gasket made of PTFE, 2 O-rings (FPM90)
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
• F16: 4 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and 2 flat-gaskets
-1E.
• F34: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F34 F) 7MF9412-6GA
2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
2 O-rings (FPM90)
steel • F36: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, 2 flat-gaskets
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C2) Washers Ø 10,5 to DIN 125
7
4x screws /16-20 UNF x F36 F) 7MF9412-6HA Flat-gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2,65 - S - FPM90; max.420 bar, 120 °C
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
Note:
Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to
Mounting bracket PN 160!
required for wall mounting or for
securing to mounting rack, with bolts Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to
for mounting on valve manifold mounting rack
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. M14 F) 7MF9006-6LA With bolds for mounting on valve manifold
and -1C.
• M14: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. M17 F) 7MF9006-6NA
• M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. M18 F) 7MF9006-6PA
• M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
Mounting clip
Mounting clips (2 off)
2 off, to secure mounting bracket M16 F) 7MF9006-6KA
to pipe • M16: For securing the mounting brackets M14, M17 and M18
to pipe
Valve manifold 100 bar
suitable for oxygen Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• S12: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. S12
and -1C. • S13: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. S13 • S14: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. S14
1)
■ Characteristic curves
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N. bar
400
300
Operating pressure
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature
■ Dimensional drawings
2
54
12
G½
B
41.3
37
115
63.5
80
M8 B
38
10
½NPT
103
M8
A 38
88.9
80
M8 A
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT
38
¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT M8 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1D..), dimensions in mm
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT
B Transmitter connection:
Nipple to DIN 16 284, G½, SW 27
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
54
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1B..) with rotating sleeve,
dimensions in mm
approx. 157
41.3
70 12
115
15
Ø 12
M8
C
B
10
¼-18 NPT ½-14 NPT M8
41.3
38
A 87
114
ca. 228
115
12
R2.5
R10
+1 M8
R5
12
100
72
72
R2
72
0
8
8
2.5
4x Ø11 55 72
R5
100 60,3
110 155
180
180
26 9
17
19
R4.5
Ø16 Ø26
38
76
31.5
Ø9
6.5
24
19
26.6
31.6
6.35
57.6 Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,
77.1 dimensions in mm
110
C A Process connection
B Connection for pressure gauge or trans-
mitter for pressure or absolute pressure
C Vent/test connection
A
72
72
A A
60,3
110
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
B B
180
C A A C
19
38
76
A Process connection
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds, B Transmitter connection
dimensions in mm C Vent/test connection
B B
■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Valve manifolds for vertical differential F) 7 M F 9 4 1 3 - 7 7 7
pressure lines
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for abso-
lute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code)
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Constructional and acceptance test
Without certificate A
With factory test certificate EN 10204-2.2 B
With material acceptance test certificate D
EN 10204-3.1
■ Function 1)
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2)
Functions of all valve manifolds: Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to 160!
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
■ Accessories
2 Accessory set (connection between manifold and transmit-
40
54 Ø12
ter)
• K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers, 2 flat
41,3
gaskets
76,2
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1, 2 flat
55
47
gaskets
B
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 M8 ½-NPT
¼-NPT 38
76 C
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C 31,75
115 A
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to 134
PN 160! 242
72
• M19: For 3-spindle valve manifold
8
Mounting clips (2 off)
72
For securing the mounting brackets M17, M18 and M19 to pipe 60,3
110
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• For 3-spindle valve manifold
• For 5-spindle valve manifold
26
bar
19
400
38
76
300
Operating pressure
420 bar at 120 °C Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,
200 350 bar at 200 °C dimensions in mm
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature
72
72
■ Dimensional drawings 60,3
155
54 Ø12
180
41,3
55
26 9
76,2
17
19
47
38
M8 38 1/2NPT 76
B
76 31,75
89 A
197
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,
dimensions in mm
3-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. for vertical differential pressure
lines, dimensions in mm
5
100
72
8
72
76
9
50
19
16
26
38
92
■ Schematics
A A
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
B B
A A
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
C Vent/test connection
1/4-18 NPT
C C
B B
■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Low-pressure multiway cock
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters, max. working pressure 25 bar,
max. working temperature 60 °C
(up to 80 °C for a short time), weight 1.75 kg
(without accessory set)
Test connections
2x sealing screws G3/8 F) 7MF9004-4CA
2x quick-release couplings F) 7MF9004-4DA
■ Accessories
Accessory set for low-pressure multiway cock
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11: BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
■ Dimensional drawings
Low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA for direct flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
6
19
90
70
o11
72 24
120 60
■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Oval flange
with female thread ½-14 NPT, max. working
pressure 420 bar, flange connection to
DIN EN 61518, form A
Material
P250GH, mat. No.: 1.0460 F) 7MF9408-2CE
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2, mat. No. 1.4404/316L F) 7MF9408-2CL
■ Dimensional drawings
■ Overview ■ Overview
Adapters enable e.g. a transition from medium connections with Connection glands to connect medium or differential pressure
2
NPT thread to shut-off valves to DIN 16270 ... 16272 or pipes in lines to collars G½ to DIN EN 837-1
conjunction with a connection gland (e.g. 7MF9008). • For rated pressures up to PN 630
■ Dimensional drawings
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
■ Dimensional drawings
SW 22
Connection piece with thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ Connection gland 7MF9008-1G., dimensions in mm
7MF9001-1AA, dimensions in mm
SW 22
SW 22
Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
7MF9001-1DA, dimensions in mm
• Nipple connection
16
30
• Clamping sleeve
48
• Collar connection piece SW 27
Ø 12
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Adapters G½ Nipple connection M56340-A0001 to -A0003, dimensions in mm
for pressure gages and shut-off fittings
Nipple connection
G½ to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple and
gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar;
weight 0.1 kg;
connection: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread G½
Clamping sleeve M56340-A0004/-A0005, dimensions in mm
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW 614N M56340-A0001
Union nut M56340-A0002
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715
Nipple:
RSt 37-2 1.0037
Union nut M56340-A0003
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305
Nipple:
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti Collar connection piece M56340-A0006/-A0007, dimensions in mm
Clamping sleeve
G½ to DIN 16283; max. working pressure
400 bar; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread: G½ right-hand G½ left-hand
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0004
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0005
Collar-adapter
max. working pressure; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Male thread: G½, G½
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0006
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0007
■ Overview ■ Overview
Water traps protect pressure gages and shut-off fittings from The sealing rings to EN 837-1 are required to seal measuring in-
2
heating up (e.g. by steam) by the water column produced by the struments for pressure with the process connection G½B.
water trap.
The max. working temperature is 120 °C at 160 bar or 400 °C at ■ Dimensional drawings
104 bar. If the temperature of the measured medium is higher, a
sufficiently long line has to be connected upstream of the trap to
enable heat dissipation.
■ Design
The water traps are available in U shape (type B) or circular
shape (type D) to DIN 16282. They have a weld-on end
Ø 20 mm × 2.6 mm on the measurement side. The connection
on the device side is a clamping sleeve G½ to DIN 16283.
The water traps are made of steel (P250GH) or stainless steel Sealing ring 7MF9007-7A. to EN 837-1, dimensions in mm
(X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2)
Water traps are designed as standard for max. operating tem-
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
perature 120 °C at max. operating pressure 160 bar (400 °C at
104 bar). Water traps for higher operating pressures and tem- Sealing ring to EN 837-1 for thread G½
peratures are available on request. made of
(packing unit 100 pcs)
• copper F) 7MF9007-7AA
Selection and Ordering data Order No. • soft iron F) 7MF9007-7AB
Water traps
for pressure gages and pressure transmitters, • stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4571 F) 7MF9007-7AC
max. working temperature 120 °C, • PTFE F) 7MF9007-7AD
max. working pressure 160 bar (or 400 °C
and 104 bar), weight 0.7 kg F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Water trap B to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0043
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0061
Water trap D to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0045
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0063
■ Dimensional drawings
■ Overview
2 The pressure surge reducer protects the pressure gage against
damage, premature wear and tear and inaccurate/fluctuating in-
dications.
■ Application
The pressure reducer is used when pulsations occur in the mea-
sured medium (e.g. in slow-running vapor engines, piston
pumps and compressors), or if drastic fluctuations are likely to
occur in the measured medium (e.g. in hydraulic presses and
tensile testing machines).
■ Design
• Enclosure made of brass or stainless steel
• Adjustable nozzle
• Sleeve for connection to the measuring instrument
• Pin for connection to supply lead
■ Dimensional drawings
*®
6OHHYHIRUFRQQHFWLRQ
WRWKHSUHVVXUHGLVSOD\
3LQIRUFRQQHFWLRQ
WRVXSSO\OHDG
*®
95
■ Characteristic curves
bar
Ø11,2
Ø11,2
500
400
G½ G½
22 22
90
300
A
Ø80
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Operating temperature
95
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1..
Ø11,2
bar bar
500 500 G½
22 M20x1,5
90
400 400
F
Operating pressure
J
100 100
0 0
95
Ø12 (Ø14)
141
2,5
b
Ø14
Øa
5 4,5
65
130
100
A material acceptance test certificate A to EN 10204-3.1 is avail-
able for the materials from which the compensation vessels are
made.
■ Characteristic curves O
58 1)
200 B
35 1)
Operating pressure
A
100 O